e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 0-21044
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
33-0204817 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
of Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
6101 Gateway Drive |
|
|
Cypress, California
|
|
90630 |
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (714) 820-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
|
|
Nasdaq Global Select Market |
(Title of Class)
|
|
(Name of each exchange on which registered) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act).
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated
filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer þ
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act).
Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of June 30, 2008, the last business day of the registrants most recently completed
second fiscal quarter was $222,599,735 based upon the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ
Global Select Market for that date.
As of
March 11, 2009, 13,606,452 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
registrant were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the registrants notice of annual meeting of shareowners and proxy statement to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after registrants fiscal year end of December 31,
2008 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. The Proxy Statement will be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than April 30, 2009.
Except as otherwise stated, the information contained in this Form 10-K is as of December 31, 2008.
Exhibit Index
appears on page 82. This document contains 84 pages.
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
Table of Contents
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, contains statements that may constitute
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. These statements involve managements assumptions. While we believe that the forward-looking
statements made in this report are based on reasonable assumptions, the actual outcome of such
statements is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. If these risks or uncertainties ever
materialize and managements assumptions prove incorrect, our results may differ materially from
those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and assumptions. Further, any
forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which the statement is made. We undertake
no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the
date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New
factors emerge from time to time, and its not possible for management to predict all such factors,
nor can we assess the impact of each such factor on the business or the extent to which any factor,
or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in
any forward-looking statements. Therefore, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as
a prediction of actual future results.
All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that may be deemed
forward-looking statements, including but not limited to any projections of revenue, margins,
expenses, tax provisions, earnings, cash flows, benefit obligations, share repurchases or other
financial items; plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; expected
development or relating to products or services; future economic conditions or performance; pending
claims or disputes; expectation or belief; and assumptions underlying any of the foregoing.
Management assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties include those that are made
about macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; foreign currency exchange rates; the
execution and performance of contracts by customers, suppliers and partners; the challenges of
managing asset levels, including inventory; the difficulty of aligning expense levels with revenue
changes; the outcome of pending legislation and accounting pronouncements; and other risks that are
described herein, including but not limited to the items discussed in ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS of
this report, and that are otherwise described from time to time in our Securities and Exchange
Commission reports filed after this report.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Business of Universal Electronics Inc.
Universal Electronics Inc. was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1986 and began operations
in 1987. The principal executive offices are located at 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress, California
90630. As used herein, the terms we, us and our refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its
subsidiaries unless the context indicates to the contrary.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related
to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (Zilog NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately
$9.5 million in cash. The purchase included Zilogs full library and database of infrared codes, and
software tools. We also hired approximately 115 of Zilogs sales and engineering personnel,
including all 103 of Zilogs personnel located in India. In a related transaction, Maxim Integrated
Products (Maxim NASDAQ: MXIM) acquired two of Zilogs product lines, namely, the hardware
portion of Zilogs remote control business and Zilogs secured transaction product line. We have
cross-licensed the remote control technology and intellectual property with Maxim Integrated
Products for purpose of conducting our respective businesses. For further information about this
acquisition see ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS -Results of Operations and ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 24.
Additional information regarding UEI can be obtained at www.uei.com.
3
Business Segment
Overview
Universal Electronics Inc. is a provider of a broad line of products, software, and technologies
that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. Our offerings include the following:
|
|
|
easy-to-use, pre-programmed universal infrared (IR) and radio frequency (RF) remote
controls that are sold primarily to multiple systems operators
(MSOs), consumers,
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), and private labels, |
|
|
|
|
audio-video (AV) accessories sold to consumers, |
|
|
|
|
integrated circuits, on which our software and universal IR remote control database is
embedded, sold primarily to OEMs and private labels, |
|
|
|
|
intellectual property which we license primarily to OEMs, software development
companies, private labels, and MSOs, and |
|
|
|
|
software, firmware and technology solutions that can enable devices such as TVs,
set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems, cell phones and other consumer electronic
devices to wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive services to
deliver digital entertainment and information. |
Our business is comprised of one reportable segment.
Principal Products and Markets
Our principal markets include MSOs in the cable and satellite subscription broadcasting markets, as
well as OEM, private label, retailer and custom installer companies that operate in the consumer
electronics market.
We provide MSOs, namely cable operators and satellite service providers, both domestically and
internationally, with our universal remote control devices and integrated circuits, on which our
software and IR code database is embedded, to support the demand associated with the deployment of
digital set-top boxes that contain the latest technology and features. We also sell our universal
remote control devices and integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is
embedded, to OEMs that manufacture wireless control devices, cable converters or satellite
receivers for resale in their products.
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, our sales to Comcast Communications, Inc.,
represented 13.4%, 13.3% and 12.0% of our net sales, respectively. No other single customer
accounted for 10% or more of our net sales in 2008, 2007, or 2006. However, DirecTV and its
subcontractors collectively accounted for 19.3%, 16.9% and 17.7% of our net sales for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
We continue to pursue further penetration of the more traditional OEM consumer electronics markets.
Customers in these markets generally package our wireless control devices for resale with their AV
home entertainment products. We also sell customized chips, which include our software and/or
customized software packages, to these customers. Growth in this line of business has been driven
by the proliferation and increasing complexity of home entertainment equipment, emerging digital
technology, multimedia and interactive internet applications, and the number of OEMs.
We continue to place significant emphasis on expanding our sales and marketing efforts to
subscription broadcasters and OEMs in Asia, Latin America and Europe. We will continue to add new
sales people to support anticipated sales growth in these markets over the next few years.
In the international retail markets, our One For All® brand name remote control and accessories
accounted for 15.6%, 17.9%, and 20.4% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007, and 2006, respectively. Throughout 2008, we continued our retail sales and marketing efforts
in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico and selected countries in
Asia and Latin America. Financial information relating to our international operations for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 is included in ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-Note 19.
4
In 2008 we began to lay the ground work to expand our presence in the domestic retail markets.
During the second quarter of 2008 we signed an agreement with Audiovox Accessories Corporation to
be the exclusive supplier of embedded microcontrollers and infrared database software for
Audiovoxs complete line of RCA universal remote controls sold in the North American retail
markets. We also agreed to develop future remote controls for existing brands in the Audiovox
lineup and granted Audiovox an exclusive license to sell and
distribute our One For All® brand
remote controls and accessories in North America.
Technology
We hold a number of patents in the United States and abroad related to our products and technology,
and have filed domestic and foreign applications for other patents that are pending. We had a total
of 148 and 175 issued and pending United States patents at the end of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The reduction in the number of issued and pending patents resulted from the expiration of 1 patent
and our sale of 37 patents, offset by 11 new patent filings. The 37 patents sold were no longer
valuable to our core business. Management may sell patents from time to time if we determine the
patents are no longer valuable to our core business or their market value exceeds the value we are
likely to otherwise realize. Our patents have remaining lives ranging from approximately one to
eighteen years. We have also obtained copyright registration and claim copyright protection for
certain proprietary software and libraries of IR codes. Additionally, the names of most of our
products are registered, or are being registered, as trademarks in the United States Patent and
Trademark Office and in most of the other countries in which such products are sold. These
registrations are valid for a variety of terms ranging up to 20 years and may be renewed as long as
the trademarks continue to be used and are deemed by management to be important to our operations.
While we follow the practice of obtaining patent, copyright and trademark registrations on new
developments whenever advisable, in certain cases, we have elected common law trade secret
protection in lieu of obtaining such other protection.
Since our beginning in 1986, we have compiled an extensive IR code library that covers over 400,000
individual device functions and over 3,600 individual consumer electronic equipment brand names.
Our library is regularly updated with IR codes used in newly introduced AV devices. These IR codes
are captured directly from the remote control devices or the manufacturers written specifications
to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. We believe that our universal remote control
database is capable of controlling virtually all IR controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable
converters, CD players, audio components and satellite receivers, as well as most other infrared
remote controlled home entertainment devices and home automation control modules worldwide.
Our proprietary software and know-how permit us to compress IR codes before we load them into our
products. This provides significant cost and space efficiencies that enable us to include more
codes and features in the memory space of our wireless control devices than are included in the
similarly priced products of our competitors.
With todays rapidly changing technology, upgradeability ensures the compatibility of our remote
controls with future home entertainment devices. We have developed patented technology that
provides users the capability to easily upgrade the memory of our remote controls with IR codes
that were not originally included using their personal computer or telephone. These upgrade options
utilize one or two-way communication to upgrade the remote controls IR codes or firmware depending
on the requirements.
Each of our wireless control devices is designed to simplify the use of home entertainment and
other equipment. To appeal to the mass market, the number of buttons is minimized to include only
the most popular functions. Another patented ease of use feature we offer in several of our
products is our user programmable macro key. This feature allows the user to program a sequence of
commands onto a single key, to be played back each time that key is subsequently pressed.
Our remote controls are also designed for easy set-up. For most of our products, the consumer
simply inputs a four-digit code for each device to be controlled. During 2007, building on our
strategy to develop new products and technologies to further simplify remote control set-up, we
created the One For All® X-sightTM product (formerly called Stealth USB) and the
EZ-RCTM Web-based remote control set-up application (formerly called EZ-Web), both
released in Europe during the fourth quarter of 2008. The X-sightTM is a remote control
device that utilizes a touch screen LCD display to augment the user experience for both set-up and
operation. The X-sightTM has a mini USB
5
port that can be connected to a personal
computer. Once connected to a personal computer, our customers can utilize the EZ-RCTM
remote control set-up applications graphical interface to fully program their remote control. Each
remote control user can create their own personal profile on the device, with their favorite
channels, custom functions, and more.
Another product we developed during 2007 was an automated set-up method that utilizes a set-top
box. This product, designed for subscription broadcasters, will help to simplify the end users
set-up experience by allowing them to interface with their set-top box, using their television, to
program a remote. The set-top box can memorize the set-up parameters allowing the user to restore
the set-up to a new or existing remote.
Wireless networking is one of todays fastest growing trends. Combining our connectivity software
and patent portfolio with Universal Plug-n-Play (UPnP) standards and the 802.11 wireless
networking protocols, we developed our Nevo® product line. NevoSL®, which began shipping during the
second quarter of 2005, is a stand alone universal wireless controller that uses Wi-Fi to control
the play back or viewing of MP3s, photos, and videos stored on a PC, through any UPnP media player
attached to a home entertainment system. By utilizing the touch screen user interface, customers
may select play lists, slide shows, or videos to be played via the media player from anywhere
within the networks range. In addition, NevoSL® utilizes infrared technology to control virtually
all infrared controlled consumer electronic devices, and may also be utilized to control wireless
household appliances.
Building on the Nevo line, in 2007 we launched three new products for the custom installer market:
NevoQ50®; NevoConnect® NC-50 base station; and NevoStudio Pro® programming software. NevoQ50® and
NevoConnect include Z-wave functionality to enable bi-directional RF control to take full
advantage of the Z-Wave mesh networking technologies, improving the range and increasing the
reliability of signal transmissions. Voltage sensing and video state detection allows the
controller to detect whether AV equipment is on or off for improved macro execution. NevoStudio Pro
was updated with an easy wizard interface, drag and drop programming, and the ability to generate
configuration files for both the remote and base station simultaneously within a single
application.
In January 2008, we continued to broaden our line of advanced function remotes for the custom
installer market with the release of NevoS70®. The NevoS70® combines all the technology of the
NevoQ50® with access to web-based services to deliver real-time information such as news, sports
and stock quotes; extended battery life; and the ability to view and control any device that has a
compatible embedded web server, such as many web-based cameras and media servers.
During the first quarter of 2009 we intend to release a major software update to the NevoS70® and
NevoQ50®. This update will enable two-way Z-Wave control and communication for home control
systems such as lighting, HVAC, window coverings, and others. Two-way Z-Wave communication gives
the user immediate feedback on the remote to indicate the current status of their Z-Wave devices.
For example, users may see on the remotes display what lights are on and their brightness levels
(for dimmers), and may also check the thermostat for the current temperature. In addition, this
software update enables two-way serial communication, including metadata transmission, with select
third-party devices. These devices include digital media servers and AV distribution systems.
The Nevo® product line supports the attainment of our strategic goal to build our presence as a
wireless control technology leader, enabling consumers to wirelessly connect, control, and interact
within the ever-increasingly complex home.
Methods of Distribution
Our distribution methods for our remote control devices are dependent on the sales channel. We
distribute remote control devices directly to MSOs and OEMs, both domestically and internationally.
In the North American retail channel, we license our One For All® brand name to Audiovox, who in
turn sells products directly to certain domestic retailers and third party distributors. Outside of
North America, we sell our wireless control devices and AV accessories under the One For All® and
private label brand names to retailers through our international subsidiaries. We utilize third
party distributors for the custom installer channel, and for retail in countries where we do not
have subsidiaries.
6
We have twelve international subsidiaries, Universal Electronics B.V., established in the
Netherlands, One For All GmbH, established in Germany, One for All Iberia S.L., established in
Spain, One For All UK Ltd., established in the United Kingdom, One For All Argentina S.R.L.,
established in Argentina, One For All France S.A.S., established in France, Universal Electronics
Italia S.R.L., established in Italy, UE Singapore Pte. Ltd., established in Singapore, UEI Hong
Kong Pte. Ltd., established in Hong Kong, UEI Electronics Pte. Ltd.,
established in India, UEI Cayman Inc., established in the Cayman Islands and Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH,
established in Germany.
We have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and the industrys leading database of
IR codes. We ship integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is embedded,
directly to manufacturers for inclusion in their products. In addition, we license our software and
technology to manufacturers. Licenses are delivered upon the transfer of a product master or on a
per unit basis when the software or technology is used in a customer device.
We provide domestic and international consumer support to our various universal remote control
marketers, including manufacturers, cable and satellite providers, retail distributors, and audio
and video original equipment manufacturers through our automated InterVoice system. Live agent
help is available through certain programs. We also make available a free web-based support
resource, www.urcsupport.com, designed specifically for MSOs. This solution offers interactive
online demos and tutorials to help users easily setup their remote and commands, and as a result
reduces call volume at customer support centers. Additionally, ActiveSupport®, a call center,
provides customer interaction management services from service and support to retention. Pre-repair
calls, post-install surveys, and inbound calls to customers provide greater bottom-line
efficiencies. We continue to review our programs to determine their value in enhancing and
improving the sales of our products. As a result of this continued review, some or all of these
programs may be modified or discontinued in the future and new programs may be added.
Raw Materials and Dependence on Suppliers
We utilize third-party manufacturers and suppliers primarily in Asia to produce our wireless
control products. In 2008, Computime, C.G. Development, Samsung and Samjin each provided more than
10% of our total inventory purchases. They collectively provided 73.1% of our total inventory
purchases for 2008. In 2007, Computime, C.G. Development and Samsung each provided more than 10% of
our total inventory purchases. They collectively provided 63.2% of our total inventory purchases
for 2007. In 2006, Computime, C.G. Development, Freescale and Jetta each provided more than 10% of
our total inventory purchases. They collectively provided 60.9% of our total inventory purchases
for 2006.
We continue to evaluate additional contract manufacturers and sources of supply. During 2008, we
utilized multiple contract manufacturers and maintained duplicate tooling for certain of our
products. This diversification lessens our dependence on any one contract manufacturer and allows
us to negotiate more favorable terms. Where possible we utilize standard parts and components,
which are available from multiple sources. To reduce our dependence on our integrated circuits
suppliers we continually seek additional sources, such as our new relationship with Maxim. To
further manage our integrated circuit supplier dependence, we include flash microcontroller
technology in most of our products. Flash microcontrollers can have shorter lead times than
standard microcontrollers and may be reprogrammed if necessary. This allows us flexibility during
any unforeseen shipping delays and has the added benefit of potentially reducing excess and
obsolete inventory exposure.
Seasonality
Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in
the last half of the year and the largest proportion of sales occurring in the last quarter. In
2007, our net sales in the first half of the year exceeded our net sales in the second. This was
primarily the result of strong demand from our domestic cable customers in the first and second
quarters of 2007. This demand was driven by their effort to meet the Open Cable Applications
Platform (OCAP) July 1, 2007 deadline. In 2008, our sales cycle returned to its historical
pattern and we expect this pattern to be repeated in 2009.
7
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 23 for further details regarding our quarterly results.
Competition
Our principal competitor in the domestic MSO market is Philips Consumer Electronics. In the
international retail and private label markets for wireless controls we compete with Philips
Consumer Electronics, Thomson and Sony as well as various manufacturers of wireless controls in
Asia. Our primary competitors in the OEM market are the original equipment manufacturers themselves
and wireless control manufacturers in Asia. We compete against Universal Remote Control, Logitech,
and Ruwido in the IR database market. Our NevoSL® product competes in the custom electronics
installation market against AMX, RTI, Control4, Universal Remote Control, Philips Consumer
Electronics, Logitech and many others. We compete in our markets on the basis of product quality,
features, price, intellectual property and customer support. We believe that we will need to
continue to introduce new and innovative products to remain competitive and to recruit and retain
competent personnel to successfully accomplish our future objectives.
Engineering, Research and Development
During 2008, our engineering efforts focused on the following:
|
|
|
broadening our product portfolio; |
|
|
|
|
modifying existing products and technologies to improve features and lower costs; |
|
|
|
|
formulating measures to protect our proprietary technology and general know-how; |
|
|
|
|
improving our software so that we may pre-program more codes into our memory chips; |
|
|
|
|
simplifying the set-up and upgrade process for our wireless control products; and |
|
|
|
|
updating our library of IR codes to include IR codes for new features and devices
introduced worldwide. |
Our engineering efforts included developing remote controls that combine consumer friendly
interfaces and intuitive setup with advance functions. The Xsight, which was released in Europe
during the fourth quarter of 2008, may be set up in minutes utilizing the intuitive menu on its
color LCD display, without an instruction manual. We also developed the Web based EZ-RC
application. Users create a personal account to begin. The application accepts any previously set
up devices from the on-remote setup and then is able to add or change devices as well as
personalize more advanced features such as favorites, profiles and activities.
We also developed products aimed at unifying traditional technologies that are encountered within a
home, and emerging technologies. These products allow consumers to deploy our products to
situations ranging from a simple IR based audio-visual stack to a modern digital media management
system that allows access to digital content such as music, pictures and videos. Our NevoStudio Pro
update enables two-way Z-Wave control and communication for home control systems such as lighting,
HVAC, window coverings, and others. Two-way Z-Wave communication gives the user immediate
feedback on the remote to indicate the current status of their Z-Wave devices. For example, users
may see on the remotes display what lights are on and their brightness levels (for dimmers), and
may also check the thermostat for the current temperature. In addition, this software update
enables two-way serial communication, including metadata transmission, with select third-party
devices. These devices include digital media servers and AV distribution systems.
Our personnel are involved with various industry organizations and bodies, which are in the process
of setting standards for infrared, radio frequency, power line, telephone and cable communications
and networking in the home. There can be no assurance that any of our research and development
projects will be successfully completed.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related
to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. for
approximately $9.5 million in cash. The
purchase included Zilogs full library and database of infrared codes, and software tools. We also
hired approximately 115 of Zilogs sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of Zilogs
personnel located in India. The engineering personnel acquired from Zilog are focused on the
capture of IR codes and the development of software and firmware leading to more complete solutions
to customer needs, the conceptual formulation and design of possible alternatives, as well as the
8
testing of process and product cost improvements. These efforts will enable us to provide customers
with reductions in design cycle times, lower costs, and improvements in integrated circuit design,
product quality and overall functional performance. These efforts will also enable us to further
penetrate existing markets, pursue new markets more effectively and expand our business.
Our expenditures on engineering, research and development were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions): |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Research and development (1) |
|
$ |
8.2 |
|
|
$ |
8.8 |
|
|
$ |
7.4 |
|
Engineering (2) |
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total engineering, research and development |
|
$ |
15.1 |
|
|
$ |
12.7 |
|
|
$ |
12.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Research and development expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007, and 2006 includes $0.4 million of stock-based compensation expense. |
|
(2) |
|
Engineering costs are included in SG&A. |
Environmental Matters
Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing
chemical substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of
chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics
products. We may incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal
sanctions, third-party damages or personal injury claims, if we were to violate or become liable
under environmental laws or if our products become non-compliant with environmental laws. We also
face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and
future requirements relating to the materials composition of our products.
We also may face significant costs and liabilities in connection with product take-back
legislation. The European Union (the EU) enacted the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
Directive (WEEE), which makes producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers,
financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and
future covered products. During 2007, the majority of our European subsidiaries became WEEE
compliant. Our Italian subsidiary became compliant in February 2008. Similar legislation has been
or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the United States, Canada, Mexico, China and
Japan.
We believe that we have materially complied with all currently existing international and domestic
federal, state and local statutes and regulations regarding environmental standards and
occupational safety and health matters to which we are subject. During the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, the amounts incurred in complying with federal, state and local statutes and
regulations pertaining to environmental standards and occupational safety and health laws and
regulations did not materially affect our earnings or financial condition. However, future events,
such as changes in existing laws and regulations or enforcement policies, may give rise to
additional compliance costs that may have a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures,
earnings or financial condition.
Employees
At December 31, 2008, we employed 433 employees, of which 155 worked in engineering and research
and development, 69 in sales and marketing, 93 in consumer service and support, 51 in operations
and warehousing and 65 in executive and administrative functions. On February 18, 2009, we acquired
certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control
business from Zilog Inc. As a result of this transaction, we hired approximately 115 of Zilogs
sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of Zilogs personnel located in India. None of
our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a union. We
consider our employee relations to be good.
9
International Operations
Financial information relating to our international operations for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006 is incorporated by reference to ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY
DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note
19 at pages 6970.
Available Information
Our Internet address is www.uei.com. We make available free of charge through the website our
annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and
any amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such
reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports may be found on our website at
www.uei.com under the caption SEC Filings on the Investor page. Investors may also obtain copies
of our SEC filings from the SEC website at www.sec.gov.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Forward Looking Statements
We caution that the following important factors, among others (including, but not limited to,
factors discussed below in ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, as well as those factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form
10-K, or in our other reports filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission),
may affect our actual results and may contribute to or cause our actual consolidated results to
differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. The factors
included here are not exhaustive. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date
on which such statement is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking
statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to
reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not
possible for management to predict all such factors, nor can we assess the impact of each such
factor on the business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause
actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
Therefore, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of actual future
results.
While we believe that the forward-looking statements made in this report are based on reasonable
assumptions, the actual outcome of such statements is subject to a number of risks and
uncertainties, including the failure of our markets to continue growing and expanding in the manner
we anticipated; the failure of our customers to grow and expand as we anticipated; the effects of
natural or other events beyond our control, including the effects a war or terrorist activities may
have on us or the economy; the economic environments effect on us or our customers; the growth of,
acceptance of and the demand for our products and technologies in various markets and geographical
regions, including cable, satellite, consumer electronics, retail, digital media/technology, CEDIA,
interactive TV, automotive, and cellular industries not materializing or growing as we believed;
our inability to add profitable complementary products which are accepted by the marketplace; our
inability to continue to maintain our operating costs at acceptable levels through our cost
containment efforts; our inability to realize tax benefits from various tax projects initiated from
time to time; our inability to continue selling our products or licensing our technologies at
higher or profitable margins; our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order volume with new
and existing customers; the possible dilutive effect our stock incentive programs may have on our
earnings per share and stock price; our inability to continue to obtain adequate quantities of
component parts or secure adequate factory production capacity on a timely basis; and other factors
listed from time to time in our press releases and filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
10
We face a number of risks related to the recent financial crisis and severe tightening in the
global credit markets.
General economic conditions, both domestic and international, have an impact on our business and
financial results. The ongoing global financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial
markets has resulted in a severe tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many
financial markets, and extreme volatility in credit and equity markets. This financial crisis may
impact our business in a number of ways, including:
Potential Deferment of Purchases and Orders by Customers: Uncertainty about current and future
global economic conditions may cause consumers, businesses and governments to defer purchases in
response to tighter credit, decreased cash availability and declining consumer confidence.
Accordingly, future demand for our products may differ materially from our current expectations.
Customers Inability to Obtain Financing to Make Purchases from Us and/or Maintain Their Business:
Some of our customers require substantial financing in order to fund their operations and make
purchases from us. The inability of these customers to obtain sufficient credit to finance
purchases of our products may adversely impact our financial results. In addition, if the financial
crisis results in insolvencies for our customers, it may adversely impact our financial results.
Potential Impact on Trade Receivables: Credit market conditions may slow our collection efforts as
customers experience increased difficulty in obtaining requisite financing, leading to higher than
normal accounts receivable balances and longer DSOs. This may result in greater expense associated
with collection efforts and increased bad debt expense.
Negative Impact from Increased Financial Pressures on Third-Party Dealers, Distributors and
Retailers: We make sales in certain regions of the world through third-party dealers, distributors
and retailers. Although many of these third parties have significant operations and maintain access
to available credit, others are smaller and more likely to be impacted by the significant decrease
in available credit that has resulted from the current financial crisis. If credit pressures or
other financial difficulties result in insolvency for these third parties and we are unable to
successfully transition our end customers to purchase products from other third parties, or from us
directly, it may adversely impact our financial results.
Negative Impact from Increased Financial Pressures on Key Suppliers: Our ability to meet customers
demands depends, in part, on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of quality
materials, parts and components from our suppliers. Certain of our components are available only
from a single source or limited sources. If certain key suppliers were to become capacity
constrained or insolvent as a result of the financial crisis, it may result in a reduction or
interruption in supplies or a significant increase in the price of supplies and adversely impact
our financial results. In addition, credit constraints at key suppliers may result in accelerated
payment of accounts payable by us, impacting our cash flow.
Dependence upon Key Suppliers
During 2008, four sources, Computime, C.G. Development, Samsung and Samjin, each provided over 10%
of our total inventory purchases. Purchases from these suppliers collectively amounted to $135.5
million, or 73.1%, of total inventory purchases during 2008. During 2007, Computime, C.G.
Development and Samsung, each provided over 10% of our total inventory purchases. Purchases from
these suppliers collectively amounted to $100.7 million, representing 63.2% of total inventory
purchases in 2007. During 2006, Computime, C.G. Development, Freescale and Jetta each provided over
10% of our total inventory purchases. Purchases from these suppliers collectively amounted to $82.6
million or 60.9% of our total inventory purchases in 2006.
Most of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources. However, we have
elected to purchase integrated circuits, used principally in our wireless control products, from
two sources, Freescale and Samsung. To reduce our dependence on our integrated circuits suppliers
we continually seek additional sources, such as our new relationship with Maxim. We generally
maintain inventories of our integrated chips, which may be used in part to mitigate, but not
eliminate, delays resulting from supply interruptions.
In addition, we have identified alternative sources of supply for our integrated circuit, component
parts, and finished goods needs; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to
continue to obtain these inventory purchases on a timely basis. Any extended interruption, shortage
or termination in the supply of any of the components used in our products, or a reduction in their
quality or reliability, or a significant increase in prices of components, would have an adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows.
11
Dependence on Foreign Manufacturing
Third-party manufacturers located in Asia manufacture a majority of our products. Our arrangements
with our foreign manufacturers are subject to the risks of doing business abroad, such as tariffs,
environmental and trade restrictions, intellectual property protection and enforcement, export
license requirements, work stoppages, political and social instability, economic and labor
conditions, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, and other factors, which may have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows. We believe that the
loss of any one or more of our manufacturers would not have a long-term material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations and cash flows, because numerous other manufacturers are
available to fulfill our requirements; however, the loss of any of our major manufacturers may
adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows until
alternative manufacturing arrangements are secured.
Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Results
Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in
the last half of the year and the largest proportion of sales occurring in the last quarter. In
2007, sales in the first half of the year exceeded our sales in the second half. This was primarily
the result of strong demand from our domestic cable customers in the first and second quarters of
2007. This demand was driven by their effort to meet the July 1, 2007 Open Cable Applications
Platform (OCAP) deadline. In 2008, our sales cycle returned to its historical pattern and we
expect this pattern to be repeated in 2009, however, factors such as those we experienced during
2007 may cause our sales cycles to deviate from historical patterns. Such factors, including
quarterly variations in financial results, may have a material adverse affect on the volatility and
market price of our common stock.
We may from time to time increase our operating expenses to fund greater levels of research and
development, sales and marketing activities, development of new distribution channels, improvements
in our operational and financial systems and development of our customer support capabilities, and
to support our efforts to comply with various government regulations. To the extent such expenses
precede or are not subsequently followed by increased revenues, our business, operating results,
financial condition and cash flows will be adversely affected.
In addition, we may experience significant fluctuations in future quarterly operating results that
may be caused by many other factors, including demand for our products, introduction or enhancement
of products by us and our competitors, the loss or acquisition of any significant customers, market
acceptance of new products, price reductions by us or our competitors, mix of distribution channels
through which our products are sold, product or supply constraints, level of product returns, mix
of customers and products sold, component pricing, mix of international and domestic revenues,
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and general economic conditions. In addition, as a
strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, we may from time to time make certain
pricing or marketing decisions or acquisitions that may have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition. As a result, we believe period-to-period
comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied
upon as an indication of future performance.
Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating
results will be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this happens the
price of our common stock may be materially adversely affected.
Dependence on Consumer Preference
We are susceptible to fluctuations in our business based upon consumer demand for our products. In
addition, we cannot guarantee that increases in demand for our products associated with increases
in the deployment of new technology will continue. We believe that our success depends on our
ability to anticipate, gauge and respond to fluctuations in consumer preferences. However, it is
impossible to predict with complete accuracy the occurrence and effect of fluctuations in consumer
demand over a products life cycle. Moreover, we caution that any growth in revenues that we
achieve may be transitory and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
Demand for Consumer Service and Support
We have continually provided domestic and international consumer service and support to our
customers to add overall value and to help differentiate us from our competitors. We continually
review our service and support group
12
and are marketing our expertise in this area to other potential customers. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to attract new customers in the future.
In addition, certain of our products have more features and are more complex than others and
therefore require more end-user technical support. In some instances, we rely on distributors or
dealers to provide the initial level of technical support to the end-users. We provide the second
level of technical support for bug fixes and other issues at no additional charge. Therefore, as
the mix of our products includes more of these complex product lines, support costs may increase,
which would have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
Dependence Upon Timely Product Introduction
Our ability to remain competitive in the wireless control and AV accessory products market will
depend considerably upon our ability to successfully identify new product opportunities, as well as
develop and introduce these products and enhancements on a timely and cost effective basis. There
can be no assurance that we will be successful at developing and marketing new products or
enhancing our existing products, or that these new or enhanced products will achieve consumer
acceptance and, if achieved, will sustain that acceptance. In addition, there can be no assurance
that products developed by others will not render our products non-competitive or obsolete or that
we will be able to obtain or maintain the rights to use proprietary technologies developed by
others which are incorporated in our products. Any failure to anticipate or respond adequately to
technological developments and customer requirements, or any significant delays in product
development or introduction, may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial
condition and cash flows.
In addition, the introduction of new products may require significant expenditures for research and
development, tooling, manufacturing processes, inventory and marketing. In order to achieve high
volume production of any new product, we may have to make substantial investments in inventory and
expand our production capabilities.
Dependence on Major Customers
The economic strength and weakness of our worldwide customers affect our performance. We sell our
wireless control products, AV accessory products, and proprietary technologies to private label
customers, original equipment manufacturers, and companies involved in the subscription
broadcasting industry. We also supply our products to our wholly owned, non-U.S. subsidiaries and
to independent foreign distributors, who in turn distribute our products worldwide, with Europe,
Asia, South Africa, Australia, and Argentina currently representing our principal foreign markets.
In each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had sales to one customer, Comcast
Communications Inc., that amounted to more than 10% of our net sales for the year. In addition, in
each of these years, we had sales to DirecTV and its sub-contractors, that when combined, exceeded
10% of our net sales. The loss of either of these customers or of any other key customer, either in
the United States or abroad or our inability to maintain order volume with these customers, may
have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Change in Warranty Claim Costs
We rely on third-party companies to service a large portion of our customer warranty claims. If the
cost to service these warranty claims increases unexpectedly, or these outside services cease to be
available, we may be required to increase our estimate of future claim costs, which may have a
material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Outsourced Labor
We employ a small number of personnel to develop and market additional products that are part of
the Nevo® platform as well as products that are based on the Zigbee®, Z-Wave® and other radio
frequency technology. Even after these hires, we continue to use outside resources to assist us in
the development of these products. While we believe that such outside services should continue to
be available to us, if they cease to be available, the
13
development of these products may be substantially delayed, which may have a material adverse
effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Competition
The wireless control industry is characterized by intense competition based primarily on product
availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs,
quality, and depth of product lines. Our competition is fragmented across our products, and,
accordingly, we do not compete with any one company across all product lines. We compete with a
variety of entities, some of which have greater financial resources. Our ability to remain
competitive in this industry depends in part on our ability to successfully identify new product
opportunities, develop and introduce new products and enhancements on a timely and cost effective
basis, as well as our ability to successfully identify and enter into strategic alliances with
entities doing business within the industries we serve. There can be no assurance that our product
offerings will be, and/or remain, competitive or that strategic alliances, if any, will achieve the
type, extent, and amount of success or business that we expect them to achieve. The sales of our
products and technology may not occur or grow in the manner we expect, and thus we may not recoup
costs incurred in the research and development of these products as quickly as we expect, if at
all.
Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights
The procedures by which we identify, document and file for patent, trademark, and copyright
protection are based solely on engineering and management judgment, with no assurance that a
specific filing will be issued, or if issued, will deliver any lasting value to us. Because of the
rapid innovation of products and technologies that is characteristic of our industry, there is no
assurance that rights granted under any patent will provide competitive advantages to us or will be
adequate to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights. Moreover, the laws of certain countries
in which our products are or may be manufactured or sold may not offer protection on such products
and associated intellectual property to the same extent that the U.S. legal system may offer.
In our opinion, our intellectual property holdings as well as our engineering, production, and
marketing skills and the experience of our personnel are of equal importance to our market
position. We further believe that none of our businesses are materially dependent upon any single
patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret.
Some of our products include or use technology and/or components of third parties. While it may be
necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of such products, we
believe that, based upon past experience and industry practice, such licenses generally may be
obtained on commercially reasonable terms; however, there is no guarantee that such licenses may be
obtained on such terms or at all. Because of technological changes in the wireless and home control
industry, current extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, it is
possible certain components of our products and business methods may unknowingly infringe upon the
patents of others.
Potential for Litigation
As is typical in our industry and for the nature and kind of business in which we are engaged, from
time to time various claims, charges and litigation are asserted or commenced by third parties
against us or by us against third parties, arising from or related to product liability,
infringement of patent or other intellectual property rights, breach of warranty, contractual
relations or employee relations. The amounts claimed may be substantial, but they may not bear any
reasonable relationship to the merits of the claims or the extent of any real risk of court awards
assessed against us or in our favor.
Risks of Conducting Business Internationally
Risks of doing business internationally may adversely affect our sales, operations, earnings and
cash flows due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
changes in a country or regions economic or political conditions, including inflation,
recession, interest rate fluctuations and actual or anticipated military conflicts; |
14
|
|
currency fluctuations affecting sales, particularly in the Euro and British Pound, which
contribute to variations in sales of products and services in impacted jurisdictions and also
affect our reported results expressed in U.S. dollars; |
|
|
|
currency fluctuations affecting costs, particularly the Euro, British Pound and the Chinese
Yuan, which contribute to variances in costs in impacted jurisdictions and also affect our
reported results expressed in U.S. dollars; |
|
|
|
longer accounts receivable cycles and financial instability among customers; |
|
|
|
trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and marketing of
products; |
|
|
|
local labor conditions, customs, and regulations; |
|
|
|
changes in the regulatory or legal environment; |
|
|
|
differing technology standards or customer requirements; |
|
|
|
import, export or other business licensing requirements or requirements related to making
foreign direct investments, which may affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for
components or lead to penalties or restrictions; |
|
|
|
difficulties associated with repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient
manner and changes in tax laws; and |
|
|
|
fluctuations in freight costs and disruptions at important geographic points of exit and
entry. |
Effectiveness of Our Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to include in our Annual
Report on Form 10-K our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. Furthermore, our independent registered public accounting firm is required to audit our
internal control over financial reporting and separately report on whether it believes we maintain,
in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting. Although we believe
that we currently have adequate internal control procedures in place, we cannot be certain that
future material changes to our internal control over financial reporting will be effective. If we
cannot adequately maintain the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we
might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities
and Exchange Commission. Any such action may adversely affect our financial results and the market
price of our common stock.
Changes in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles. These principles are subject to revision and interpretation by various governing
bodies, including the FASB and the SEC. A change in current accounting standards or their
interpretation may have a significant adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition
and cash flows.
Unanticipated Changes in Tax Provisions or Income Tax Liabilities
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our tax
liabilities are affected by the amounts we charge for inventory and other items in intercompany
transactions. From time to time, we are subject to tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax
authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges or other matters and assess additional
taxes. We assess the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of
the tax provision. However, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the outcomes
of these audits, and the actual outcomes of these audits may have a material impact on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our effective tax rate in
the future may be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing
statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of
15
deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and the discovery of new information in
the course of our tax return preparation process. Furthermore, our tax provisions may be adversely
affected as a result of any new interpretative accounting guidance related to accounting for
uncertain tax positions.
Inability to Use Deferred Tax Assets
We have deferred tax assets that we may not be able to use under certain circumstances. If we are
unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions, or if there is a
significant change in the actual effective tax rates or the time period within which the underlying
temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we may be required to increase our valuation
allowances against our deferred tax assets resulting in an increase in our effective tax rate and
an adverse impact on our future operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Environmental Matters
Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing
chemical substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of
chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics
products. With the passage of the European Unions Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive,
which makes producers of electrical goods responsible for collection, recycling, treatment and
disposal of recovered products, similar restrictions in China effective March 2007 and the European
Unions Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, we may face significant costs and
liabilities in complying with these laws and any future laws and regulations or enforcement
policies that may have a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or
financial condition.
Leased Property
We lease all of the properties used in our business. We can give no assurance that we will enter
into new or renewal leases, or that, if entered into, the new lease terms will be similar to the
existing terms or that the terms of any such new or renewal leases will not have a significant and
material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Technology Changes in Wireless Control
We currently derive substantial revenue from the sale of wireless remote controls based on infrared
(IR) technology. Other control technologies exist or may be developed that may compete with IR.
In addition, we develop and maintain our own database of IR and RF codes. There are several
competing IR and RF libraries offered by companies that we compete with in the marketplace. The
advantage that we may have compared to our competitors is difficult to measure. If other wireless
control technology gains acceptance and starts to be integrated into home electronics devices
currently controlled through our IR remote controllers, demand for our products may decrease,
resulting in decreased revenue, earnings and cash flow.
Failure to Recruit, Hire, and Retain Key Personnel
Our ability to achieve growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success at recruiting,
hiring, and retaining highly skilled engineering, managerial, operational, sales and marketing
personnel. Our corporate office, including our advance technology engineering group, is based in
Southern California. The high cost of living in Southern California makes it difficult to attract
talent from outside the region and may also put pressure on overall employment related expense.
Additionally, our competitors seek to recruit and hire the same key personnel. Therefore, if we
fail to stay competitive in salary and benefits within the industry it may negatively impact our
ability to hire and retain key personnel. The inability to recruit, hire, and retain qualified
personnel in a timely manner, or the loss of any key personnel, may make it difficult to meet key
objectives, such as timely and effective product introductions.
16
Credit Facility
We amended our Credit Facility in August 2006, extending it for an additional three years until
August 2009. We are currently negotiating another extension. Presently, we have no borrowings under
this facility; however, we cannot make any assurances that we will not need to borrow amounts under
this facility or that this facility will continue to be extended and thus available to us if we
need to borrow. If this or any other Credit Facility is not available to us at a time when we need
to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves which may have a material adverse effect on our
operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Change in Competition and Pricing
We rely on third-party manufacturers to build our universal wireless control products, based on our
extensive IR code library and patented technology. Price is always an issue in winning and
retaining business. If customers become increasingly price sensitive, new competition may arise
from manufacturers who decide to go into direct competition with us or from current competitors who
perform their own manufacturing. If such a trend develops, we may experience downward pressure on
our pricing or lose sales, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results,
financial condition and cash flows.
Transportation Costs; Impact of Oil Prices
We ship products from our foreign manufacturers via ocean and air transport. It is sometimes
difficult to forecast swings in demand or delays in production and, as a result, products may be
shipped via air which is more costly than ocean shipments. Often, we typically cannot recover the
increased cost of air freight from our customers. Additionally, tariffs and other export fees may
be incurred to ship products from foreign manufacturers to the customer. The inability to predict
swings in demand or delays in production may increase the cost of freight which may have a material
adverse effect on our product margins.
In addition, we have an exposure to oil prices in two forms. The first is in the prices of the
oil-based materials that we use in our products, which are primarily the plastics and other
components that we include in our finished products. The second is in the cost of delivery and
freight, which would be passed on by the carriers that we use in the form of higher rates. We
record freight-in as a cost of sales and freight-out in operating expenses. Rising oil prices may
have an adverse effect on cost of sales and operating expenses.
Proprietary Technologies
We produce highly complex products that incorporate leading-edge technology, including hardware,
firmware, and software. Firmware and software may contain bugs that can unexpectedly interfere with
product operation. There can be no assurance that our testing programs will detect all defects in
individual products or defects that may affect numerous shipments. The presence of defects may harm
customer satisfaction, reduce sales opportunities, or increase returns. An inability to cure or
repair such a defect may result in the failure of a product line, temporary or permanent withdrawal
from a product or market, damage to our reputation, increased inventory costs, or product
reengineering expenses, any of which may have a material impact on our revenues, margins and net
income.
Strategic Business Transactions
We may, from time to time, pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, business acquisitions,
products or technologies (strategic business transactions) that complement or expand our existing
operations, including those that may be material in size and scope. Strategic business
transactions, including our recent acquisition of patents, intellectual property and other assets
from Zilog, involve many risks, including the diversion of managements attention away from
day-to-day operations. There is also the risk that we will not be able to successfully integrate
the strategic business transaction with our operations, personnel, customer base, products or
technologies. Such strategic business transactions may also have adverse short-term effects on our
operating results, and may result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of
debt, and the loss of key employees. In addition, these strategic business transactions are
generally subject to specific accounting guidelines that may adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations and cash flow. For instance, business acquisitions must be
accounted for as purchases and, because most technology-related acquisitions involve the purchase
of significant intangible assets, these acquisitions
17
typically result in substantial amortization charges, which may have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations. There can be no assurance that any such strategic business transactions
will occur or, if such transactions do occur, that the integration will be successful or that the
customer bases, products or technologies will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated
costs or effects.
Growth Projections
Management has made the projections required for the preparation of financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America regarding
future events and the financial performance of the company, including those involving:
|
|
the benefits the company expects as a result of the development and success of products and
technologies, including new products and technologies and the companys home connectivity line
of products and software; |
|
|
|
the recently announced new contracts with new and existing customers and new market
penetrations; |
|
|
|
the growth expected as a result of the digital from analog conversion; |
|
|
|
the expected continued growth in digital TVs, PVRs and overall growth in the companys
industry; |
|
|
|
the effects the we may experience due to the continued softness in its worldwide markets
driven by the current economic environment. |
Actual events or results may be unfavorable to managements projections, which would have a
material adverse effect on our projected operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
We have no unresolved staff comments as of the date of filing this Form 10-K.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters is located in Cypress, California. We utilize the following office
facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Square |
|
|
Location |
|
Purpose or Use |
|
Feet |
|
Status |
Cypress, California |
|
Corporate headquarters, engineering, research and development |
|
34,080 |
|
Leased, expires January 31, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twinsburg, Ohio |
|
Consumer and customer call center |
|
21,509 |
|
Leased, expires May 30, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enschede, Netherlands |
|
International headquarters and call center |
|
18,292 |
|
Leased, expires September 30, 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
San Mateo, California |
|
Engineering, research and development |
|
4,868 |
|
Leased, expires June 30, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hong Kong, China |
|
Operations and administrative services |
|
3,060 |
|
Leased, expires November 15, 2009 |
In addition to the facilities listed above, we lease space in various international locations,
primarily for use as sales offices. We plan to renew our lease for the Hong Kong office which
expires in November 2009. Furthermore, in order to support the growth of our company, during 2008
we completed renovations to expand our corporate headquarters.
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 13 for additional information regarding our obligations under leases.
18
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are subject to lawsuits arising out of the conduct of our business. The discussion of our
litigation matters in ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements Note 21 at page 70 is incorporated by reference.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.
Executive Officers of the Registrant(1)
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of March
13, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Paul D. Arling
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
Paul J.M. Bennett
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Managing Director, Europe |
Mark S. Kopaskie
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Manager U.S. Operations |
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr.
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
Bryan M. Hackworth
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Included pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K. |
Paul D. Arling is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He joined us in May 1996 as Chief
Financial Officer and was named to our Board of Directors in August 1996. He was appointed
President and COO in September 1998, was promoted to Chief Executive Officer in October 2000 and
appointed as Chairman in July 2001. At the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Mr. Arling was
re-elected as our Chairman to serve until the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. From 1993
through May 1996, he served in various capacities at LESCO, Inc. (a manufacturer and distributor of
professional turf care products). Prior to LESCO, he worked for Imperial Wall coverings (a
manufacturer and distributor of wall covering products) as Director of Planning, and The Michael
Allen Company (a strategic management consulting company) where he was employed as a management
consultant.
Paul J.M. Bennett is our Executive Vice President and Managing Director, Europe. He was our
Managing Director and Senior Vice President, Managing Director, Europe from July 1996 to December
2006. He was promoted to his current position in December 2006. Prior to joining us, he held
various positions at Philips Consumer Electronics over a seven year period, first as Product
Marketing Manager for the Accessories Product Group, initially set up to support Philips Audio
division, and then as head of that division.
Mark S. Kopaskie is our Executive Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Operations. He rejoined
us in September 2006 as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Operations and was
promoted to his current position in December 2006. He was our Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer from 1995 to 1997. From 2003 until November 2005, Mr. Kopaskie was President and
Chief Executive Officer of Packaging Advantage Corporation (PAC), a personal care and household
products manufacturer, which was acquired by Marietta Corporation in November 2005. Following the
acquisition, he served as Senior Vice President, Business Development for Marietta Corporation.
From 1997 to 2003, he held senior management positions at Birdair Inc., a world leader in the
engineering, manufacturing, and construction of tensioned membrane structures, and OK
International, a manufacturer and marketer of fluid dispensing equipment, solder and de-solder
systems, and wire wrap products. Prior to joining us in 1995, Mr. Kopaskie was Senior Vice
President of Operations at Mr. Coffee Inc.
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr., Esq. has been our Senior Vice President since February 1999. He has
been our General Counsel since October 1993 and Secretary since February 1994. He was our Vice
President from May 1997 until August 1998. He was outside counsel to us from September 1998 until
being rehired in February 1999. From November 1992 to September 1993, he was associated with the
Chicago, Illinois law firm, Shefsky & Froelich, Ltd. From 1987 to 1992, he was with the law firm,
Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz in Chicago, Illinois.
19
Bryan M. Hackworth is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He was promoted from
Chief Accounting Officer in August 2006. Mr. Hackworth joined us in June 2004 as Corporate
Controller and subsequently assumed the role of Chief Accounting Officer in May 2006. Before
joining us in 2004, he spent five years at Mars, Inc., a privately held international manufacturer
and distributor of consumer products and served in several financial and strategic roles
(Controller Ice Cream Division; Strategic Planning Manager for the WHISKAS ® Brand) and various
other financial management positions. Prior to joining Mars Inc., Mr. Hackworth spent six years at
Deloitte & Touche LLP as an auditor, specializing in the manufacturing and retail industries.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES
OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol UEIC. The closing price
of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ on March 11, 2009 was
$16.32. Our stockholders of record
on March 11, 2009 numbered approximately 68. We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock,
nor do we intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We intend
to retain our earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business. In
addition, the terms of our revolving Credit Facility limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our
common stock. For further information regarding our revolving Credit Facility see ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS-Liquidity and Capital
Resources at pages 3335 and ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements Note 7 at page 56.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during 2008.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices for our
common stock, as reported by NASDAQ:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
High |
|
Low |
First Quarter |
|
$ |
35.50 |
|
|
$ |
18.04 |
|
|
$ |
29.89 |
|
|
$ |
19.25 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
28.20 |
|
|
|
20.67 |
|
|
|
38.09 |
|
|
|
26.66 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
27.99 |
|
|
|
19.02 |
|
|
|
39.33 |
|
|
|
25.20 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
26.49 |
|
|
|
12.33 |
|
|
|
38.50 |
|
|
|
31.29 |
|
Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table sets forth, for the fourth quarter, our total stock repurchases, average price
paid per share and the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under our plans or
programs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
Shares that May |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Part of |
|
|
Yet Be |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Publicly |
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
|
Total Number of |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Announced |
|
|
Under the |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price Paid |
|
|
Plans |
|
|
Plans or |
|
Period |
|
Purchased |
|
|
per Share |
|
|
or Programs |
|
|
Programs |
|
10/1/08 10/31/08 |
|
|
204,604 |
|
|
$ |
25.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,782 |
|
11/1/08 11/30/08 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,782 |
|
12/1/08 12/31/08 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,782 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total during fourth quarter |
|
|
204,604 |
|
|
$ |
25.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2006 our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 2.0
million shares of outstanding common stock under an ongoing systematic program to manage the
dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans. During the year ended December 31,
2008, we repurchased 1,118,318 shares for $26.7 million. As of December 31, 2008, we have 313,782
shares available for repurchase under the program.
20
Equity Compensation Plans
Information regarding our equity compensation plans, including both stockholder approved plans and
plans not approved by stockholders, is incorporated by reference to ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF
CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS at pages 7980, under the
caption Equity Compensation Plan Information and ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY
DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note
11 at pages 5863, under the caption
Stock Incentive Plans.
Performance Chart
The following graph and table compares the cumulative total stockholder return with respect to our
common stock versus the cumulative total return of our Peer Group Index (the Peer Group Index)
and the NASDAQ Composite Index (the NASDAQ Composite Index) for the five (5) year period ended
December 31, 2008. The comparison assumes that $100 is invested on December 31, 2003 in each of our
common stock, the Peer Group Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index and that all dividends are
reinvested. We have not paid any dividends and, therefore, our cumulative total return calculation
is based solely upon stock price appreciation and not upon reinvestment of dividends. The graph and
table depicts year-end values based on actual market value increases and decreases relative to the
initial investment of $100, based on information provided for each calendar year by the NASDAQ
Stock Market and the New York Stock Exchange.
The comparisons in the graph and table below are based on historical data and are not intended to
forecast the possible future performance of our common stock.
Comparison of Stockholder Returns Amount Universal Electronics Inc.,
the Peer Group Index (1), and the NASDAQ Composite Index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/2003 |
|
12/31/2004 |
|
12/31/2005 |
|
12/31/2006 |
|
12/31/2007 |
|
12/31/2008 |
Universal Electronics Inc. |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
138 |
|
|
$ |
135 |
|
|
$ |
165 |
|
|
$ |
262 |
|
|
$ |
127 |
|
Peer Group Index |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
134 |
|
|
$ |
133 |
|
|
$ |
131 |
|
|
$ |
102 |
|
|
$ |
39 |
|
NASDAQ Composite Index |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
109 |
|
|
$ |
110 |
|
|
$ |
121 |
|
|
$ |
132 |
|
|
$ |
79 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Companies in the Peer Group Index are as follows: Harman International Industries,
Inc. and Koss Corporation. |
Information presented is as of the end of each calendar year for the period December 31, 2003
through 2008. This information shall not be deemed to be solicited material or to be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) nor shall this information be incorporated by
reference into any prior or future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act,
except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing.
21
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations
and should be read in conjunction with ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto
included in ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA, of this Form 10-K, which are
incorporated herein by reference, in order to understand further the factors that may affect the
comparability of the financial data presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
Net sales |
|
$ |
287,100 |
|
|
$ |
272,680 |
|
|
$ |
235,846 |
|
|
$ |
181,349 |
|
|
$ |
158,380 |
|
Operating income |
|
$ |
20,761 |
|
|
$ |
26,451 |
|
|
$ |
18,517 |
|
|
$ |
11,677 |
|
|
$ |
13,540 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
$ |
13,520 |
|
|
$ |
9,701 |
|
|
$ |
9,114 |
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
0.98 |
|
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
$ |
1.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.94 |
|
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
|
$ |
0.65 |
|
Shares used in calculating earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
14,015 |
|
|
|
14,410 |
|
|
|
13,818 |
|
|
|
13,462 |
|
|
|
13,567 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
14,456 |
|
|
|
15,177 |
|
|
|
14,432 |
|
|
|
13,992 |
|
|
|
14,100 |
|
Cash dividend declared per common share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin |
|
|
33.5 |
% |
|
|
36.4 |
% |
|
|
36.4 |
% |
|
|
37.0 |
% |
|
|
38.9 |
% |
Selling, general, administrative, research
and development expenses as a % of net sales |
|
|
26.3 |
% |
|
|
26.7 |
% |
|
|
28.5 |
% |
|
|
30.6 |
% |
|
|
30.3 |
% |
Operating margin |
|
|
7.2 |
% |
|
|
9.7 |
% |
|
|
7.9 |
% |
|
|
6.4 |
% |
|
|
8.6 |
% |
Net income as a % of net sales |
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
|
7.4 |
% |
|
|
5.7 |
% |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
Return on average assets |
|
|
7.3 |
% |
|
|
10.2 |
% |
|
|
8.3 |
% |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
Working capital |
|
$ |
122,303 |
|
|
$ |
140,330 |
|
|
$ |
106,179 |
|
|
$ |
77,201 |
|
|
$ |
75,081 |
|
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
217,555 |
|
|
$ |
217,285 |
|
|
$ |
178,608 |
|
|
$ |
146,319 |
|
|
$ |
140,400 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
75,238 |
|
|
$ |
86,610 |
|
|
$ |
66,075 |
|
|
$ |
43,641 |
|
|
$ |
42,472 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity |
|
$ |
153,353 |
|
|
$ |
168,242 |
|
|
$ |
134,217 |
|
|
$ |
103,292 |
|
|
$ |
103,881 |
|
Book value per share (a) |
|
$ |
11.24 |
|
|
$ |
11.55 |
|
|
$ |
9.58 |
|
|
$ |
7.63 |
|
|
$ |
7.66 |
|
Ratio of liabilities to liabilities and
stockholders equity |
|
|
29.5 |
% |
|
|
22.6 |
% |
|
|
24.9 |
% |
|
|
29.4 |
% |
|
|
26.0 |
% |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Book value per share is defined as stockholders equity divided by common shares issued, less
treasury stock. |
The comparability of information between 2004 and the other years presented is affected by the
acquisition of SimpleDevices Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2004.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.
Overview
We have developed a broad line of pre-programmed universal wireless control products and
audio-video accessories that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. Our customers
operate in the consumer electronics market and include OEMs, MSOs (cable and satellite service
providers), international retailers, CEDIA (Custom Electronic Design and Installation Association),
U.S. retailers, private labels, and companies in the computing industry. We also sell integrated
circuits, on which our software and IR code database is embedded, to OEMs that manufacture wireless
control devices, cable converters or satellite receivers for resale in their products. We believe
that our universal remote control database contains device codes that are capable of controlling
virtually all infrared remote (IR) controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, CD
players, audio components and satellite receivers, as well as most other infrared remote controlled
devices worldwide.
Beginning in 1986 and continuing today, we have compiled an extensive IR code library that covers
over 400,000 individual device functions and over 3,600 individual consumer electronic equipment
brand names. Our library is
22
regularly updated with new IR codes used in newly introduced video and audio devices. All such IR
codes are captured from the original manufacturers remote control devices or manufacturers
specifications to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. We have also developed
patented technologies that provide the capability to easily upgrade the memory of the wireless
control device by adding IR codes from the library that were not originally included.
Since the third quarter of 2006, we have been operating as one business segment. We have twelve
subsidiaries located in Argentina, Cayman Islands, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Italy, the Netherlands,
Singapore, Spain and the United Kingdom.
To recap our results for 2008:
|
|
|
Our revenue grew 5.3% from $272.7 million in 2007 to $287.1 million in 2008. |
|
|
|
|
Our sales growth in 2008 was the result of strong demand from the customers in our
business category, due in part to the continuation of the upgrade cycle from analog to
digital, consumer demand for advanced-function offerings from subscription broadcasters,
increased share with existing customers, and new customer wins. |
|
|
|
|
Our full year 2008 operating income fell 21.5% to $20.8 million from $26.5 million in
2007. Our operating margin percentage decreased from 9.7% in 2007 to 7.2% in 2008 due
primarily to the decrease in our gross margin percentage from 36.4% in 2007 to 33.5% in
2008. The decrease in our gross margin rate was due primarily to sales mix, as a higher
percentage of our total sales was comprised of our lower-margin Business category. In
addition, sales mix within our sales categories also contributed to the decrease in our
gross margin rate as consumers trended towards value-oriented products. The weakening of
the British pound also contributed to the decline in our gross margin percentage. |
|
|
|
|
2008 capped off a successful three-year period, where sales during this period grew at
a compounded rate of approximately 17% and although lower than 2007 earnings per diluted
share, 2008 earnings per diluted share represents a compounded growth rate of approximately
16%. |
Our strategic business objectives for 2009 include the following:
|
|
|
increase our share with existing customers; |
|
|
|
|
acquire new customers in historically strong regions; |
|
|
|
|
continue our expansion into new regions, Asia in particular; |
|
|
|
|
continue to develop industry-leading technologies and products; and |
|
|
|
|
continue to evaluate potential acquisition and joint venture opportunities that may
enhance our business. |
We intend for the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations to
provide information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the
changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period, and the primary
factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles, policies
and estimates affect our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those
related to revenue recognition, allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties,
inventory valuation, business combination purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of
long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes and stock-based compensation
expense. Actual results
23
may differ from these judgments and estimates, and they may be adjusted as more information becomes
available. Any adjustment may be significant.
An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made
based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if
different estimates reasonably may have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are
reasonably likely to occur may materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the
following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in
the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue recognition
We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive
evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is
reasonably assured.
We record a provision for estimated retail sales returns on retail product sales in the same period
as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns,
analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales
returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the
related revenue is recorded. The allowance for sales returns balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007
contained reserves for items returned prior to year-end, but that were not completely processed,
and therefore not yet removed from the allowance for sales returns balance. We estimate that if
these returns had been fully processed the allowance for sales returns balance would have been
approximately $0.8 million on December 31, 2008 and 2007. The value of these returned goods was
included in our inventory balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
We accrue for discounts and rebates on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are
recorded based on historical experience. Changes in such accruals may be required if future rebates
and incentives differ from our estimates. Rebates and incentives are recognized as a reduction of
sales if distributed in cash or customer account credits. Rebates and incentives are recognized as
cost of sales if we provide products or services for payment.
Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same
period the related receivable is recorded. We have no obligations after delivery of our products
other than the associated warranties. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make payments for products sold or services
rendered. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a variety of factors, including
historical experience, length of time receivables are past due, current economic trends and changes
in customer payment behavior. Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we
become aware of a customers inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case
of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customers operating results or financial position.
We increased our allowance for doubtful accounts by $0.4 million in 2008 to reflect certain
customer accounts where collection is highly uncertain in the current economic environment. If
circumstances related to a customer change, our estimates of the recoverability of the receivables
would be further adjusted, either upward or downward.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or
services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for
the multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the
price charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists
for all the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by
allocating revenue to the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue to the
delivered elements. When the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be determined, we defer
revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered element is delivered. We limit the amount
of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future
delivery of products or services or subject to customer-specified return or refund privileges.
We have not made any material changes in our methodology for recognizing revenue during the past
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a
material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to recognize revenue. However, if actual
results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains
that may be material.
24
Warranty
We warrant our products against defects in materials and workmanship arising during normal use. We
service warranty claims directly through our customer service department or contracted third-party
warranty repair facilities. Our warranty period ranges up to three years. We estimate and recognize
product warranty costs, which are included in cost of sales, as we sell the related products.
Warranty costs are forecasted based on the best available information, primarily historical claims
experience and the expected cost per claim. The costs we have incurred to service warranty claims
have been minimal. As a result the balance of our reserve for estimated warranty costs is not
significant.
We have not made any material changes in our warranty reserve methodology during the past three
fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material
change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the warranty reserve. However, actual
claim costs may differ from the amounts estimated. If a significant product defect were to be
discovered on a high volume product, our financial statements may be materially impacted.
Historically, product defects have been less than 0.5% of the net units sold.
Inventories
Our inventories consist of primarily wireless control devices and the related component parts,
including integrated circuits, and are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined
using the first-in, first-out method. We write-down our inventory for the estimated difference
between the inventorys cost and its estimated market value based upon our best estimates about
future demand and market conditions.
We carry inventory in amounts necessary to satisfy our customers inventory requirements on a
timely basis. We continually monitor our inventory status to control inventory levels and
write-down any excess or obsolete inventories on hand. Our total excess and obsolete inventory
reserve as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, or 3.5%
and 5.0% of total inventory. The decrease in our excess and obsolete reserve in 2008 was the result
of $2.4 million of additional write-downs, offset by $2.7 million of scrapping. This compared to
additional write-downs of $2.1 million and scrapping of $2.5 million in 2007.
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our excess
and obsolete inventory reserve during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a
reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions
we used to calculate our excess and obsolete inventory reserve. If actual market conditions are
less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required
which may have a material impact on our financial statements. Such circumstances may include, but
are not limited to, the development of new competing technology that impedes the marketability of
our products or the occurrence of significant price decreases in our component parts, such as
integrated circuits. Each percentage point change in the ratio of excess and obsolete inventory reserve to inventory
would impact cost of sales by approximately $0.5 million.
Business Combinations
We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible
assets and the liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development (IPR&D), based
upon their estimated fair values. Such valuations require management to make significant fair value
estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Management estimates the
fair value of certain intangible assets by utilizing the following (but not limited to):
|
|
|
future free cash flow from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements,
acquired developed technologies, and patents; |
|
|
|
|
expected costs to develop IPR&D into commercially viable products and cash flows from
the products once they are completed; |
|
|
|
|
brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions regarding the period of
time the brand will continue to be used in our product portfolio; and |
|
|
|
|
discount rates utilized in discounted cash flow models. |
25
Our estimates are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable; however, unanticipated events
or circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including
assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets
We assess long-lived and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered
important which may trigger an impairment review if significant include the following:
|
|
|
underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; |
|
|
|
|
changes in the manner of use of the assets; |
|
|
|
|
changes in the strategy of our overall business; |
|
|
|
|
negative industry or economic trends; |
|
|
|
|
a decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and |
|
|
|
|
a variance between our market capitalization relative to net book value. |
When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset or an intangible asset may not be
recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment we
perform an impairment review. If the carrying value of the asset is larger than the undiscounted
cash flows, the asset is impaired. We measure an impairment based on the projected discounted cash
flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk
inherent in our current business model. In assessing the recoverability, we must make assumptions
regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the
respective assets.
We have not made any material changes in our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a
material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the impairment of long-lived
assets and intangible assets. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and
assumptions we may be exposed to material impairment charges.
Capitalized Software Development
At each balance sheet date, we compare the unamortized capitalized costs of a software product to
its net realizable value. The amount by which the unamortized capitalized costs of a software
product exceed the net realizable value of that asset is written off. The net realizable value is
the estimated future gross revenues attributable to each product reduced by its estimated future
completion costs and disposal. Any remaining amount of capitalized software development costs that
have been written down are considered to be the cost for subsequent accounting purposes, and the
amount of the write-down is not subsequently restored.
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the
future estimates of net realizable value we use to test for impairment losses on capitalized
software development. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and
assumptions we may be exposed to impairment charges.
Goodwill
We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of each year and between annual
evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair
value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances may include, but are not
limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (2)
unanticipated competition or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
26
When performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit by
assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units. A
reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred
to as a component). A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting unit if the component
constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available, and segment
management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Our domestic and
international operations are components and reporting units of our sole operating segment.
To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit
to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting units carrying amount, including goodwill. We
estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using the present value of expected future cash
flows for that reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value,
the amount of the impairment loss must be measured.
The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its
carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the present
value of the reporting units expected future cash flows is allocated to all of the other assets
and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the present value of the
reporting units expected future cash flows over the amount assigned to its other assets and
liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the
carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
We have not made any material changes in our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past
three fiscal years. We continue to estimate the fair value of our reporting units to be in excess
of their carrying value, and therefore have not recorded any impairment. However, we noted a
decrease in the amount of excess fair value over the carrying value of our reporting units caused
primarily by the slowing economy and credit market disruptions. We do not believe there is a
reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions
we use to test for impairment losses on goodwill. However, if actual results are not consistent
with our estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to material impairment charges.
Income Taxes
We calculate our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that may
differ from the actual results reflected in our income tax returns filed during the subsequent
year. We record adjustments based on filed returns when we have identified and finalized them,
which is generally in the third and fourth quarters of the subsequent year for U.S. federal and
state provisions, respectively.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary
differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the differences to reverse. We record a
valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than
not to realize. We have considered future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable
income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate and prudent and feasible tax
planning strategies in determining the need for a valuation allowance. In the event we were to
determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the
future, we would increase the valuation allowance and make a corresponding charge to earnings in
the period in which we make such determination. Likewise, if we later determine that we are more
likely than not to realize the net deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of
the previously provided valuation allowance. In order for us to realize our deferred tax assets we
must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the tax jurisdictions in which the deferred
tax assets are located.
Our effective tax rate includes the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings for which we
have not provided U.S. taxes because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the
United States. The decision to reinvest our foreign earnings indefinitely outside the United States
is based on our projected cash flow needs as well as the working capital and long-term investment
requirements of our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic operations. Material changes in our
estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the various
jurisdictions in which we do business may impact our effective tax rate.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign countries, and we are subject to
routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. We believe that our tax return
positions are fully supported, but tax
27
authorities are likely to challenge certain positions, which may not be fully sustained. However,
our income tax expense includes amounts intended to satisfy income tax assessments that result from
these challenges in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). Determining the income tax expense for these potential assessments and recording the
related assets and liabilities requires management judgments and estimates. We evaluate our
uncertain tax positions in accordance with FIN 48. We believe that our reserve for uncertain tax
positions, including related interest and penalties, is adequate. We have recorded a liability for
uncertain tax positions of $8.7 million at December 31, 2008. The amounts ultimately paid upon
resolution of audits may be materially different from the amounts previously included in our income
tax expense and, therefore, may have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash
flows. Our reserve for uncertain tax positions is attributable primarily to uncertainties
concerning the tax treatment of our international operations, including the allocation of income
among different jurisdictions, and related interest. We review our reserves quarterly, and we may
adjust such reserves due to proposed assessments by tax authorities, changes in facts and
circumstances, issuance of new regulations or new case law, previously unavailable information
obtained during the course of an examination, negotiations between tax authorities of different
countries concerning our transfer prices, execution of advanced pricing agreements, resolution with
respect to individual audit issues, the resolution of entire audits, or the expiration of statutes
of limitations.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
We account for our stock-based compensation plans under SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (SFAS
123R). Stock-based compensation expense for each employee and director is presented in the same
income statement caption as their cash compensation. During the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007
and 2006, we recorded $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively, in pre-tax
stock-based compensation expense. The income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation
expense was $1.5 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007
and 2006, respectively.
Stock-based compensation expense by income statement caption for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006 was the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
$ |
17 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
|
$ |
26 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
418 |
|
|
|
370 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
3,870 |
|
|
|
3,072 |
|
|
|
2,721 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
4,243 |
|
|
$ |
3,521 |
|
|
$ |
3,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we granted 132,500 stock options to executive employees
and board members and 8,000 stock options to non-executive employees.
Based on the non-vested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008, we expect to recognize $2.8
million in unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense over a weighted-average life of
2.21 years.
SG&A includes pre-tax stock-based compensation related to restricted stock awards granted to
outside directors of $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We issue restricted stock awards to the outside directors for
services performed. Compensation expense for the restricted stock awards is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the requisite service period of one year.
During the first quarter of 2008, as part of our annual compensation review cycle, the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors granted 115,926 shares of restricted stock to our executives
under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. These awards were granted to assist us in meeting our
performance and retention objectives. Each executives grant is subject to a three-year vesting
period. The stock-based compensation expense included in SG&A related to this award was $0.9
million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
In accordance with SFAS 123R, compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is determined
based on the fair value of the shares awarded on the grant date. We determined the fair value of
the restricted stock utilizing the
28
average of the high and low trade prices of our Companys shares on the grant date. During the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we granted 141,864, 25,000 and 22,813 shares,
respectively.
Based on the non-vested restricted stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2008, we expect to
recognize $2.1 million in unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense over a
weighted-average life of 1.8 years.
Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment
awards requires the utilization of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life and
forfeiture rate of the share-based payment awards and stock price volatility. Management determined
that historical volatility calculated based on our actively traded common stock is a better
indicator of expected volatility and future stock price trends than implied volatility. The
assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent managements
best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of
managements judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our
stock-based compensation expense may be materially different in the future.
We do not believe it is reasonably likely that there will be a material change in the future
estimates or assumptions used to determine stock-based compensation expense. However, if actual
results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to material
stock-based compensation expense. Refer to ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA -
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 11 for additional disclosure regarding
stock-based compensation expense.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for
the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
287,100 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
272,680 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
235,846 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales |
|
|
190,910 |
|
|
|
66.5 |
|
|
|
173,329 |
|
|
|
63.6 |
|
|
|
149,970 |
|
|
|
63.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
96,190 |
|
|
|
33.5 |
|
|
|
99,351 |
|
|
|
36.4 |
|
|
|
85,876 |
|
|
|
36.4 |
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
8,160 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
8,820 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
7,412 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses |
|
|
67,269 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
64,080 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
59,947 |
|
|
|
25.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
20,761 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
26,451 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
18,517 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
3,017 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
3,104 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
1,401 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(498 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
24,089 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
29,562 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
19,420 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
8,283 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
9,332 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
5,900 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
|
7.4 |
% |
|
$ |
13,520 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
Consolidated
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $287.1 million, an increase of 5% compared to
$272.7 million for the same period last year. Net income for 2008 was $15.8 million or $1.09 per
diluted share compared to $20.2 million or $1.33 per diluted share for 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
Net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business |
|
$ |
231.5 |
|
|
|
80.6 |
% |
|
$ |
214.7 |
|
|
|
78.7 |
% |
Consumer |
|
|
55.6 |
|
|
|
19.4 |
% |
|
|
58.0 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
287.1 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
272.7 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were
approximately 81% of net sales for 2008 compared to approximately 79% for 2007. Net sales in our
business lines for 2008
29
increased by approximately 8% to $231.5 million from $214.7 million in 2007. This increase in sales
resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote control sales, which was partially
offset by lower prices. The increase in remote control sales volume was attributable to the
continued deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators, market share
gains with a few key subscription broadcasting customers and new customer wins. These advanced
functions include digital video recording (DVR), video-on-demand (VOD), and high definition
television (HDTV). We expect that the deployment of the advanced function set-top boxes by the
service operators will continue into the foreseeable future as penetration for each of the
functions cited continues to increase.
Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® retail, private label, custom installers, and direct
import) were approximately 19% of net sales for 2008 compared to approximately 21% for 2007. Net
sales in our consumer lines for 2008 decreased by 4% to $55.6 million from $58.0 million in 2007.
The sales were negatively impacted by the weakening of the British Pound compared to the U.S.
dollar, which resulted in a decrease in net sales of approximately $2.1 million. The strengthening
of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar positively impacted sales, which resulted in an increase of
$1.0 million. Net of the currency effect, retail sales outside of the United States were down by
$3.1 million, primarily due to lower sales in the UK, Spain and France. Additionally, Private Label
sales in the United States decreased by $1.2 million, or 38%, to $2.0 million in 2008 from $3.2
million in 2007. Partially offsetting these decreases is our expanding presence in the custom
electronic design & installation association (CEDIA) market which increased sales by $2.2
million, or 47%, from 2007. In addition, other US Retail increased by $0.8 million, from $1.2
million in 2007 to $2.0 million in 2008, due to customer wins.
Gross profit for 2008 was $96.2 million compared to $99.4 million for 2007. Gross profit as a
percent of sales for 2008 was 33.5%, compared to 36.4% for 2007, due primarily to the following
reasons:
|
|
Sales mix, as a higher percentage of our total sales was comprised of our lower margin
Business category. In addition, sales mix within our sales categories also contributed to the
decrease in our gross margin rate as consumers trended towards value-oriented products.
Collectively, the aforementioned resulted in a decrease of 3.2% in the gross margin rate; |
|
|
Foreign currency fluctuations caused a decrease of 0.3% in the gross margin rate; |
|
|
A decrease in freight and handling expense (due to a lower percentage of air freight)
caused an increase of 0.5% in the gross margin rate. |
Research and development expenses decreased 8% from $8.8 million in 2007 to $8.2 million in 2008.
The decrease is primarily due to the completion of the latest development phase for the Nevo
platform in late 2007.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 5% from $64.1 million in 2007 to $67.3
million in 2008. The strengthening of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar resulted in an increase
of $2.2 million; payroll and benefits increased by $0.8 million due to new hires and merit
increases; stock-based compensation increased by $0.8 million; depreciation expense in 2008
increased by $0.7 million, primarily due to increased tooling to support a higher volume of sales
and an office renovation completed in early 2008; sales commissions increased by $0.4 million; bad
debt expense increased by $0.4 million; and trade show expense increased by $0.4 million. These
items were partially offset by lower long term incentive
compensation, which decreased by $1.5
million, and a decline in net outside product development spending, which decreased by $0.9
million.
In 2008, we recorded $3.0 million of net interest income comparable to $3.1 million for 2007.
We recorded income tax expense of $8.3 million in 2008 compared to $9.3 million in 2007. Our
effective tax rate was 34.4% in 2008 compared to 31.6% in 2007. The increase in our effective tax
rate is due primarily to additional income earned in higher tax-rate jurisdictions as well as lower
federal research and development credits.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related
to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5
million in cash. The purchase included Zilogs full library and database of infrared codes and
software tools. We also hired 115 of Zilogs sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of
Zilogs personnel located in India. In a related transaction, Maxim
30
Integrated Products (NASDAQ: MXIM) acquired two of Zilogs product lines, namely, the hardware
portion of Zilogs remote control business and Zilogs secured transaction product line. We have
crosslicensed the remote control technology and intellectual property with Maxim Integrated
Products for purpose of conducting our respective businesses.
The arrangement involves an agreement to source silicon chips from Maxim. For the first year we
will be the exclusive sales agent of universal remote control chips for Maxim, selling the Zilog
designs to Zilogs current list of customers. We expect this arrangement to drive a small increase
in our sales and be mildly accretive to our earnings in 2009. Beginning in the second year, we will
take over full sales and distribution rights to the current roster of Zilog customers and we
anticipate this position will lead to more significant levels of revenue and earnings going
forward.
The value we received from this acquisition relates primarily to the following:
|
|
|
This acquisition will expand the breadth and depth of our customer base in both
subscription broadcasting and original equipment manufacturing, particularly in Asia. |
|
|
|
|
We believe integrating Zilogs technologies with and into our own technology will reduce
design cycle times, lower costs, and lead to improvements in our integrated circuit design,
product quality and overall functional performance. |
|
|
|
|
The acquisition of former Zilog employees will allow us to leverage their experience to
our advantage in the wireless control industry. |
Currently, we are performing the cost-allocation process, which requires the cost of an
acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on
their estimated fair values. Although we believe the Zilog transaction will be mildly accretive in
the first year and grow more significantly in the long term, most technology related acquisitions
involve the purchase of significant intangible assets which typically result in substantial
amortization charges. There can be no assurance that the integration will be successful or that the
customer bases, products or technologies will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated
costs or effects.
We expect the total deal cost related to the Zilog transaction to range between $0.8 million and
$1.0 million. These costs will be expensed during the first quarter of 2009 in selling, general and
administrative expenses.
Management expects net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 to grow between zero and five
percent from $278.1 million earned in the year ended December 31, 2008. Earnings per share for the
year ended December 31, 2009 is expected to grow between zero and eight percent over the $1.09 per
diluted share earned in the year ended December 31, 2008.
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
Consolidated
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $272.7 million, an increase of 16% compared to
$235.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Net income for 2007 was $20.2 million or $1.33
per diluted share compared to $13.5 million or $0.94 per diluted share for 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
Net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business |
|
$ |
214.7 |
|
|
|
78.7 |
% |
|
$ |
178.8 |
|
|
|
75.8 |
% |
Consumer |
|
|
58.0 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
% |
|
|
57.0 |
|
|
|
24.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
272.7 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
235.8 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were
approximately 79% of net sales for 2007 compared to approximately 76% for 2006. Net sales in our
business lines for 2007 increased by 20% to $214.7 million from $178.8 million in 2006. This
increase in sales resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote control sales, which
was partially offset by lower prices. The increase in remote
31
control sales volume was attributable
to the continued deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators and market
share gains with a few key subscription broadcasting customers. These advanced functions include
digital video recording (DVR), video-on-demand (VOD), and high definition television (HDTV).
Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® retail, private label, custom installers, and direct
import) were approximately 21% of net sales for 2007 compared to approximately 24% for 2006. Net
sales in our consumer lines for 2007 increased by 2% to $58.0 million, from $57.0 million in 2006.
The increase in sales resulted primarily from our expanding presence in the custom electronic
design & installation association (CEDIA) market. CEDIA sales increased by $1.5 million, or 47%,
from 2006. Additionally, retail sales made outside of the United States increased by $0.7 million.
These sales were positively impacted by the strengthening of both the Euro and the British Pound
compared to the U.S. dollar, which resulted in an increase in net sales of approximately $3.8
million. Net of this positive currency effect, retail sales outside of the United States were down
by $3.1 million, primarily due to lower sales in the UK and Australia. Partially offsetting these
increases were United States direct import licensing and product revenues for 2007, which decreased
by $0.9 million, or 44%, to $1.2 million in 2007, down from $2.1 million in 2006. This was due to a
decline in royalty revenue and a decline in the volume of Kameleon sales. Additionally, Private
Label sales decreased by $0.3 million, or 9%, to $3.2 million in 2007 from $3.5 million in 2006.
This was due to a decline in the volume of Kameleon sales in the United States.
Gross profit for 2007 was $99.4 million compared to $85.9 million for 2006. Gross profit as a
percent of sales for 2007 was 36.4%, which is comparable to 2006. The gross profit rate was
positively impacted by the strengthening of both the Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S.
dollar, which resulted in an increase of approximately $3.6 million in gross profit, or an increase
of 0.8% in the gross profit rate. A decrease in royalty expense of $1.4 million, due to lower sales
of SKY-branded retail product in Europe, increased the gross profit rate by 0.7%. Offsetting the
increases in the gross profit rate was an increase in freight and handling expense of $2.7 million
in 2007 as compared to 2006, which reduced the gross profit rate by 0.8%. The increase in freight
expense is due primarily to an increase in the percentage of units that were shipped by air; air
freight is significantly more costly than ocean freight. Additionally, subscription broadcast
sales, which generally have a lower gross profit rate as compared to our other sales, represented a
larger percentage of our total business. The impact of this change in mix was a 0.7% reduction in
the gross profit rate.
Research and development expenses increased 19% from $7.4 million in 2006 to $8.8 million in 2007.
The increase is primarily related to internal, as well as, third party costs associated with the
continued expansion of the Nevo® platform and the development of products for sale in our
subscription broadcasting, retail, and OEM channels.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 7% from $59.9 million in 2006 to $64.1
million in 2007. Payroll and benefits increased by $2.6 million due to new hires and merit
increases; the strengthening of both the Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. dollar
resulted in an increase of $2.4 million; long-term incentive compensation increased by $1.0
million; delivery, freight, and handling costs increased by $0.7 million; additional travel
resulted in an increase of $0.6 million; directors fees and expenses increased by $0.4 million;
and commission expense increased by $0.2 million. These items were partially offset by lower
employee bonus expense, which decreased by $4.0 million.
In 2007, we recorded $3.1 million of net interest income compared to $1.4 million net for 2006.
This increase is due to higher money market rates and a higher average cash balance.
In 2007, we had $0.01 million in other income, net as compared to $0.5 million of other expense,
net for 2006. Approximately $0.5 million of other expense in 2006 resulted from foreign currency
losses.
We recorded income tax expense of $9.3 million in 2007 compared to $5.9 million in 2006. Our
effective tax rate was 31.6% in 2007 compared to 30.4% in 2006. The increase in our effective tax
rate is due primarily to additional income earned in higher tax-rate jurisdictions.
32
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
December 31, |
|
Increase |
|
December 31, |
|
Increase |
|
December 31, |
(In thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
(Decrease) |
|
2007 |
|
(Decrease) |
|
2006 |
Cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
30,152 |
|
|
$ |
10,215 |
|
|
$ |
19,937 |
|
|
$ |
2,725 |
|
|
$ |
17,212 |
|
Cash used for investing activities |
|
|
(7,420 |
) |
|
|
(1,237 |
) |
|
|
(6,183 |
) |
|
|
(1,115 |
) |
|
|
(5,068 |
) |
Cash (used for) provided by financing
activities |
|
|
(25,187 |
) |
|
|
(26,585 |
) |
|
|
1,398 |
|
|
|
(3,785 |
) |
|
|
5,183 |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(8,917 |
) |
|
|
(14,300 |
) |
|
|
5,383 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
5,107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008 |
|
(Decrease) |
|
December 31, 2007 |
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
75,238 |
|
|
$ |
(11,372 |
) |
|
$ |
86,610 |
|
Working capital |
|
|
122,303 |
|
|
|
(18,027 |
) |
|
|
140,330 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 was $30.2 million, compared to $19.9 million and
$17.2 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in cash flows from operating
activities in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable. Accounts
payable increased at a higher rate compared to the prior year due to improved vendor management,
including negotiating better payment terms with certain significant vendors.
Days sales outstanding improved from 82 days for the fourth quarter 2007 to 68 days for the fourth
quarter 2008 resulting in a $3.5 million improvement in working
capital in 2008 compared to 2007. Partially offsetting the
improvement in days sales outstanding is the decrease in inventory
turns from 5.6 during 2007 to 4.9 during 2008. The decrease in
inventory turns is a result of our
deliberate effort to reduce costly air shipments by carrying additional safety stock as well as
maintain high customer service levels with existing and newly acquired customers.
Cash provided by operating activities for 2007 was $19.9 million compared to $17.2 million during
2006. The increase in cash flows from operations in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to the
increase in net income of 50% from $13.5 million in 2006 to $20.2 million in 2007, offset partially
by an increase in days sales outstanding and a decrease in inventory turns. Days sales outstanding
were approximately 82 for the fourth quarter 2007 compared to approximately 67 for the fourth
quarter 2006. Our days sales outstanding increased due to certain customers delaying payment beyond
their respective payment terms.
Net cash used for investing activities during 2008 was $7.4 million as compared to $6.2 million and
$5.1 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in cash used for investing activities
in 2008 compared to 2007 was due to increased capital expenditures. Capital expenditures in 2008,
2007, and 2006 were $5.9 million, $4.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively. During the first
quarter of 2008, we completed our renovation and expansion of our corporate headquarters. The total
cost of this renovation was approximately $2.0 million, which was financed through our operations
and a $0.4 million tenant improvement allowance from our lessor. In 2008, we also began to make a
significant investment to upgrade our information systems, which we expect to cost approximately
$1.0 million. We had $0.3 million of capitalized costs related to this system upgrade at December
31, 2008. The strategic planning for the upgrade of our information systems commenced in the second
quarter of 2007 and we expect implementation to be completed in 2009. In addition, in order to
support our sales growth, the annual purchase of tooling equipment has increased throughout the
years.
Net cash used for financing activities was $25.2 million during 2008 compared to cash provided by
financing activities of $1.4 million and $5.2 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. Proceeds
from stock option exercises were $1.2 million during 2008, compared to proceeds of $12.6 million
and $7.5 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2008, gains from stock option exercises
resulted in a $0.3 million excess tax benefit compared to $3.3 million and $0.3 million for 2007
and 2006, respectively. In addition, we purchased 1,118,318 shares of our common stock at a cost of
$26.7 million during 2008, compared to 471,300 and 127,326 shares at a cost of $14.5 million and
$2.6 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. We hold these shares as treasury stock, and they
are available for reissue. Presently, except for using a minimal number of these treasury shares to
compensate our
33
outside board members, we have no plans to distribute these shares, although we may change these
plans if necessary to fulfill our on-going business objectives.
Effective August 31, 2006, we amended our original Credit Facility with Comerica Bank, extending
our line of credit through August 31, 2009. Under the amended Credit Facility, we have the
authority to acquire up to an additional 2.0 million shares of our common stock in the open market.
From August 31, 2006 through December 31, 2008, we purchased 1,686,218 shares of our common stock,
leaving 313,782 shares available for purchase under the Credit Facility. During 2009, we may
continue to purchase shares of our common stock if we believe conditions are favorable and to
offset the dilutive effect of our stock-based compensation.
Presently, we have no borrowings under this Credit Facility, however we cannot make any assurances
that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this facility will continue to
be extended to us under comparable terms or at all. If this or any other Credit Facility is not
available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves which may
have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and financial position.
Subsequent Event
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related
to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5
million in cash. We expect the total deal cost related to the Zilog transaction to range between
$0.8 million and $1.0 million. These costs will be expensed during the first quarter of 2009 in
selling, general and administrative expenses. For further information regarding this acquisition see
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONSResults of Operations at pages 2931 and ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 24 at pages 7475.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and the effect
these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than |
|
|
1 - 3 |
|
|
4 - 5 |
|
|
After |
|
(in thousands) |
|
Total |
|
|
1 year |
|
|
Years |
|
|
years |
|
|
5 years |
|
Contractual obligations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations |
|
$ |
5,253 |
|
|
$ |
1,762 |
|
|
$ |
2,660 |
|
|
$ |
831 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Purchase obligations(1) |
|
|
60,772 |
|
|
|
8,212 |
|
|
|
27,040 |
|
|
|
21,520 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations |
|
$ |
66,025 |
|
|
$ |
9,974 |
|
|
$ |
29,700 |
|
|
$ |
22,351 |
|
|
$ |
4,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Purchase obligations primarily include contractual payments to purchase minimum
quantities of inventory under vendor agreements. |
Liquidity
We have utilized cash provided from operations as our primary source of liquidity, as internally
generated cash flows have been sufficient to support our business operations, capital expenditures,
acquisitions and discretionary share repurchases. We are able to supplement this near term
liquidity, if necessary, with our Credit Facility, as discussed below.
Historically, our working capital needs have typically been greatest during the third and fourth
quarters when accounts receivable and inventories increase in connection with the fourth quarter
holiday selling season. At December 31, 2008, we had $122.3 million of working capital as compared
to $140.3 million at December 31, 2007.
Our cash and cash equivalent balances are held in the United States, Europe, and Asia. At December
31, 2008, we had approximately $8.4 million, $6.1 million and $60.7 million of cash and cash
equivalents in the United States, Europe and Asia, respectively. We maintain our cash and cash
equivalents with various financial institutions located
34
in many different geographic regions. We attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate,
liquidity, credit and other relevant risks by placing our cash and cash equivalents with financial
institutions we believe are high quality.
Effective August 31, 2006, we amended our original Credit Facility with Comerica, extending our
line of credit through August 31, 2009. The amended Credit Facility provides a $15 million
unsecured revolving credit agreement with Comerica. Under the Credit Facility, the interest payable
is variable and is based on the banks cost of funds or the 12-month LIBOR plus a fixed margin of
1.25%. The interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2008 using the 12-month LIBOR plus the fixed
margin was 3.25%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from zero to a maximum rate of 0.25% per year on
the unused portion of the credit line depending on the amount of cash investment retained with
Comerica during each quarter. At December 31, 2008, the commitment fee rate was 0.25%. Under the
terms of the Credit Facility, dividend payments are allowed for up to 100% of the prior fiscal
years net income, to be paid within 90 days of the current fiscal year end. We are subject to
certain financial covenants related to our net worth, quick ratio, and net income. Amounts
available for borrowing under the Credit Facility are reduced by the outstanding balance of import
letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008, we did not have any outstanding import letters of
credit and the available balance on the line of credit was $15 million. Furthermore, as of December
31, 2008, we were in compliance with all financial covenants required by the Credit Facility.
It is our policy to carefully monitor the state of our business, cash requirements and capital
structure. As previously mentioned, we believe that cash generated from our operations and, upon
renewal, funds from our Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund current business operations as
well as anticipated growth at least through the end of 2009; however, there can be no assurance
that such funds will be adequate for that purpose. In addition, our Credit Facility is set to
expire on August 31, 2009. We are currently negotiating another extension, however we cannot make
any assurances that our Credit Facility will be extended to us beyond its expiration date of August
31, 2009 under comparable terms or at all. If this or any other Credit Facility is not available to
us at any time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves which may have a
material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and financial position.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not participate in any off balance sheet arrangements.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 2 for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.
Outlook
Our focus is to build technology and products that make the consumers interaction with devices and
content within the home easier and more enjoyable. The pace of change in the home is increasing.
The growth of new devices, such as DVD players, PVR/DVR technologies, HDTV and home theater
solutions, to name only a few, has transformed control of the home entertainment center into a
complex challenge for the consumer. The more recent introduction and projected growth of digital
media technologies in the consumers life will further increase this complexity. We have set out to
create the interface for the connected home, building a bridge between the home devices of today
and the networked home of the future. We intend to invest in new products and technology,
particularly in the connected home space, which will expand our business beyond the control of
devices to the control of and access to content, such as digital media, to enrich the entertainment
experience.
We will continue enhancing our leadership position in our core business by developing custom
products for our subscription broadcasting, OEM, retail and computing customers, growing our
capture expertise in infrared technology and radio frequency standards, adding to our portfolio of
patented or patent pending technologies and developing new platform products. We are also
developing new ways to enhance remote controls and other accessory products.
We are continuing to seek ways to use our technology to make the set-up and use of control
products, and the access to and control of digital entertainment within the home entertainment
network, easier and more affordable. In
35
addition, we are working on product line extensions to our One For All® branded products which
include digital antennas, signal boosters, and other A/V accessories.
We are also seeking ways to increase our customer base worldwide, particularly in the areas of
subscription broadcasting, OEM and One For All® international retail. We will continue to work on
strengthening existing relationships by working with customers to understand how to make the
consumer interaction with products and services within the home easier and more enjoyable. We
intend to invest in new products and technology to meet our customer needs now and into the future.
We will continue developing software and firmware solutions that can enable devices such as TVs,
set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems and other consumer electronic products to
wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive services to deliver digital
entertainment and information. This smart device category is emerging, and in the remainder of
2009, we look to continue to build relationships with our customers in this category.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related
to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5
million in cash. For further information about this acquisition see ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONSResults of Operations
and ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 24.
Throughout 2009, we will continue to evaluate acceptable acquisition targets and strategic
partnership opportunities in our core business lines as well as in the networked home marketplace.
We caution, however, that no assurance can be made that any suitable acquisition target or
partnership opportunity will be identified and, if identified, that a transaction can be
consummated. Moreover, if consummated, no assurance can be made that any such acquisition or
partnership will profitably add to our operations.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our
management of these risks and the use of financial instruments to mitigate our risk exposure.
On August 31, 2006, we amended our Credit Facility to extend for an additional three years,
expiring on August 31, 2009. We are currently negotiating another extension. The interest payable
under our revolving Credit Facility with our bank is variable and based on either (i) the banks
cost of funds or (ii) the 12-month LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 1.25%. The cost of the Credit
Facility is affected by changes in market interest rates, credit risk spreads and credit
availability. The interest rate in effect on the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2008 using the
12-month LIBOR option plus a fixed margin of 1.25% was 3.25%.
At December 31, 2008 we had no borrowings on our Credit Facility, however we cannot make any
assurances that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this facility will
be extended to us beyond its expiration date of August 31, 2009 under comparable terms or at all.
If this or any other Credit Facility is not available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we
would have to use our cash reserves which may have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash
flow and financial position.
At December 31, 2008 we had wholly owned subsidiaries in the Argentina, France, Germany, Hong Kong,
India, Italy, the Netherlands, Singapore, Spain, and the United Kingdom. On February 18, 2009, we
acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote
control business from Zilog Inc. (Zilog NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million in cash.
In connection with this transaction, we formed a subsidiary in the Cayman Islands. Sales are
typically denominated in local currencies, thereby creating exposure to changes in exchange rates.
Changes in local currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar and, in some cases, to each
other, may positively or negatively affect our sales, gross margins, operating expenses and net
income. The value of our net balance sheet positions held in foreign currency may also be impacted
by fluctuating exchange rates.
36
From time to time, we enter into foreign currency exchange agreements to manage our exposure
arising from fluctuating exchange rates that affect cash flows and our reported income. Contract
terms for the foreign currency exchange agreements normally last less than nine months. We do not
enter into any derivative transactions for speculative purposes. It is difficult to estimate the
impact of fluctuations on reported income, as it depends on the opening and closing rates, the
average net balance sheet positions held in a foreign currency and the amount of income generated
in local currency. We routinely forecast what these balance sheet positions and income generated
in local currency may be and we take steps to minimize exposure as we deem appropriate.
Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated in the Euro and British Pound. The
sensitivity of earnings and cash flows to the variability in exchange rates is assessed by applying
an approximate range of potential rate fluctuations to our assets, obligations and projected
results of operations denominated in foreign currency. Based on our overall foreign currency rate
exposure at December 31, 2008, we believe that movements in foreign currency rates may have a
material affect on our financial position. We estimate that if the exchange rates for the Euro and
the British Pound relative to the U.S. dollar fluctuate 10% from December 31, 2008, net income and
cash flows in the first quarter of 2009 would fluctuate by approximately $0.3 million and $8.0
million, respectively.
37
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is
shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
38
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Universal Electronics Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Universal Electronics Inc. (a
Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of
income, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2008. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement
schedule listed in the index to consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Universal Electronics Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and
2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted FASB
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation of
Statement No. 109, effective January 1, 2007.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), Universal Electronics Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated
March 3, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 3, 2009
39
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share-related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
ASSETS |
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
75,238 |
|
|
$ |
86,610 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
59,825 |
|
|
|
60,146 |
|
Inventories, net |
|
|
43,675 |
|
|
|
34,906 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
3,461 |
|
|
|
1,874 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
2,421 |
|
|
|
2,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
184,620 |
|
|
|
186,407 |
|
Equipment, furniture and fixtures, net |
|
|
8,686 |
|
|
|
7,558 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
10,757 |
|
|
|
10,863 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
5,637 |
|
|
|
5,700 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
609 |
|
|
|
369 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
7,246 |
|
|
|
6,388 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
217,555 |
|
|
$ |
217,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
44,705 |
|
|
$ |
29,382 |
|
Accrued sales discounts, rebates and royalties |
|
|
4,848 |
|
|
|
4,671 |
|
Accrued income taxes |
|
|
2,334 |
|
|
|
1,720 |
|
Accrued compensation |
|
|
3,617 |
|
|
|
3,737 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
6,813 |
|
|
|
6,567 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
62,317 |
|
|
|
46,077 |
|
Long-term liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
1,442 |
|
|
|
1,506 |
|
Other long term liabilities |
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
1,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
64,202 |
|
|
|
49,043 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
authorized; none issued or outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares
authorized; 18,715,833 and 18,547,019 shares
issued at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively |
|
|
187 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
Paid-in capital |
|
|
120,551 |
|
|
|
114,441 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
11,221 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
104,314 |
|
|
|
88,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225,802 |
|
|
|
214,355 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less cost of common stock in treasury, 5,070,319
and 3,975,439 shares at December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively |
|
|
(72,449 |
) |
|
|
(46,113 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
153,353 |
|
|
|
168,242 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
|
$ |
217,555 |
|
|
$ |
217,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
40
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
287,100 |
|
|
$ |
272,680 |
|
|
$ |
235,846 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
190,910 |
|
|
|
173,329 |
|
|
|
149,970 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
96,190 |
|
|
|
99,351 |
|
|
|
85,876 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
8,160 |
|
|
|
8,820 |
|
|
|
7,412 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
67,269 |
|
|
|
64,080 |
|
|
|
59,947 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
20,761 |
|
|
|
26,451 |
|
|
|
18,517 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
3,017 |
|
|
|
3,104 |
|
|
|
1,401 |
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
(498 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes |
|
|
24,089 |
|
|
|
29,562 |
|
|
|
19,420 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
8,283 |
|
|
|
9,332 |
|
|
|
5,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
$ |
13,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
0.98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
$ |
1.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
14,015 |
|
|
|
14,410 |
|
|
|
13,818 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
14,456 |
|
|
|
15,177 |
|
|
|
14,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
41
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued |
|
|
in Treasury |
|
|
Paid-in |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Stock-Based |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Totals |
|
|
Income |
|
Balance at December 31,
2005 |
|
|
16,964 |
|
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
(3,421 |
) |
|
|
(29,663 |
) |
|
|
83,220 |
|
|
|
(5,265 |
) |
|
|
54,994 |
|
|
|
(163 |
) |
|
$ |
103,292 |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,520 |
|
Currency translation
adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive
income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
21,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for
employee benefit
plan |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
528 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury
shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127 |
) |
|
|
(2,589 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,589 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options
exercised |
|
|
550 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,492 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,497 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
(288 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
expense under SFAS 123R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise
of non qualified stock
options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassification of
deferred stock-based
compensation on adoption
of SFAS 123(R) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(163 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31,
2006 |
|
|
17,543 |
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
(3,529 |
) |
|
|
(31,964 |
) |
|
|
94,733 |
|
|
|
2,759 |
|
|
|
68,514 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
Currency translation
adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,462 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,462 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive
income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
28,692 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for
employee benefit
plan |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury
shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(471 |
) |
|
|
(14,519 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,519 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options
exercised |
|
|
981 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,588 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,597 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
(370 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
expense under SFAS 123R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
Adoption of FIN 48 (Note
16) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(236 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(236 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise
of non qualified stock
options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31,
2007 |
|
|
18,547 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
(3,975 |
) |
|
|
(46,113 |
) |
|
|
114,441 |
|
|
|
11,221 |
|
|
|
88,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168,242 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,806 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
Currency translation
adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,471 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,471 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive
income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,335 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for
employee benefit
plan and compensation |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
632 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
633 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury
shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,118 |
) |
|
|
(26,689 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,689 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options
exercised |
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,158 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
353 |
|
|
|
(353 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
expense under SFAS 123R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise
of non qualified stock
options and vested
restricted stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31,
2008 |
|
|
18,716 |
|
|
$ |
187 |
|
|
|
(5,070 |
) |
|
$ |
(72,449 |
) |
|
$ |
120,551 |
|
|
$ |
750 |
|
|
$ |
104,314 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
153,353 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
42
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
$ |
13,520 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
6,084 |
|
|
|
4,675 |
|
|
|
4,187 |
|
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
|
442 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
210 |
|
Provision for inventory write-downs |
|
|
2,671 |
|
|
|
2,146 |
|
|
|
1,810 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(448 |
) |
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
(637 |
) |
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options and vested restricted stock |
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
|
|
827 |
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation |
|
|
(344 |
) |
|
|
(3,320 |
) |
|
|
(275 |
) |
Shares issued for employee benefit plan |
|
|
633 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
529 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
|
3,521 |
|
|
|
3,117 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(1,478 |
) |
|
|
(5,033 |
) |
|
|
(7,120 |
) |
Inventories |
|
|
(12,219 |
) |
|
|
(9,194 |
) |
|
|
(280 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(1,888 |
) |
|
|
837 |
|
|
|
1,459 |
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
15,557 |
|
|
|
3,982 |
|
|
|
2,546 |
|
Accrued income and other taxes |
|
|
662 |
|
|
|
(2,119 |
) |
|
|
(2,681 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
30,152 |
|
|
|
19,937 |
|
|
|
17,212 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used for investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of equipment, furniture and fixtures |
|
|
(5,945 |
) |
|
|
(4,802 |
) |
|
|
(4,057 |
) |
Acquisition of intangible assets |
|
|
(1,475 |
) |
|
|
(1,381 |
) |
|
|
(1,011 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for investing activities |
|
|
(7,420 |
) |
|
|
(6,183 |
) |
|
|
(5,068 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash (used for) provided by financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from stock options exercised |
|
|
1,158 |
|
|
|
12,597 |
|
|
|
7,497 |
|
Treasury stock purchased |
|
|
(26,689 |
) |
|
|
(14,519 |
) |
|
|
(2,589 |
) |
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation |
|
|
344 |
|
|
|
3,320 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(25,187 |
) |
|
|
1,398 |
|
|
|
5,183 |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(8,917 |
) |
|
|
5,383 |
|
|
|
5,107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(11,372 |
) |
|
|
20,535 |
|
|
|
22,434 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
86,610 |
|
|
|
66,075 |
|
|
|
43,641 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
|
$ |
75,238 |
|
|
$ |
86,610 |
|
|
$ |
66,075 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Cash Flow Information Income taxes paid were $8.2 million, $8.1 million and $8.7
million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
43
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 Description of Business
Universal Electronics Inc., based in Southern California, has developed a broad line of
easy-to-use, pre-programmed universal wireless control products and audio-video accessories that
are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems as well as software designed to enable consumers
to wirelessly connect, control and interact with an increasingly complex home environment. Our
primary markets include retail, private label, original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), custom
installers, cable and satellite service providers, and companies in the personal computing
industry. Over the past 21 years, we have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and
a database of home connectivity software that we license to our customers, including many leading
Fortune 500 companies. In addition, we sell our universal wireless control products and other
audio/visual accessories through our European headquarters in the Netherlands, and to distributors
and retailers in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico, and
selected countries in Asia and Latin America under the One For All® brand name.
As used herein, the terms we, us and our refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its
subsidiaries unless the context indicates to the contrary.
Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned
subsidiaries. All the intercompany accounts and significant transactions have been eliminated in
the consolidated financial statements.
Segment Realignment
In the third quarter of 2006, we integrated the SimpleDevices business segment into our Core
Business segment in order to more closely align our financial reporting with our business
structure. The segment integration did not impact previously reported consolidated net revenue,
income from operations, net income or earnings per share.
Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those
related to revenue recognition, allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties,
inventory valuation, business combination purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of
long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes and stock-based compensation
expense. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates, and they may be adjusted as
more information becomes available. Any adjustment may be material.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive
evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is
reasonably assured.
We record a provision for estimated sales returns on retail product sales in the same period as the
related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, analysis of
credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and
allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is
recorded.
We accrue for discounts and rebates on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are
recorded based on historical experience. Changes in such accruals may be required if future rebates
and incentives differ from our
44
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
estimates. Rebates and incentives are recognized as a reduction of sales if distributed in cash or
customer account credits. Rebates and incentives are recognized as cost of sales if we provide
products or services for payment.
Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same
period the related receivable is recorded. We have no obligations after delivery of our products
other than the associated warranties (see Note 21). We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts
for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make payments for products
sold or services rendered. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a variety of factors,
including historical experience, length of time receivables are past due, current economic trends
and changes in customer payment behavior. Also, we record specific provisions for individual
accounts when we become aware of a customers inability to meet its financial obligations to us,
such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customers operating results or
financial position. If circumstances related to a customer change, our estimates of the
recoverability of the receivables would be further adjusted, either upward or downward.
We generate service revenue, which is paid monthly, as a result of providing consumer support
programs to some of our customers through our call centers. These service revenues are recognized
when services are performed, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed
or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
We also license our intellectual property including our patented technologies, trade secrets,
trademarks, and database of infrared codes. We record license revenue when our customers ship a
product incorporating our intellectual property, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the
sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
We may from time to time initiate the sale or license of certain intellectual property, including
patented technologies, trademarks, or a particular database of infrared codes. When a fixed upfront
fee is received in exchange for the conveyance of a patent, trademark, or database delivered that
represents the culmination of the earnings process, we record revenue when delivery has occurred,
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or
services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for
the multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the
price charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists
for all the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by
allocating revenue to the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue is
allocated to the delivered elements. When the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be
determined, we defer revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered element is delivered.
We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not
contingent on the future delivery of products or services or subject to customer-specified return
or refund privileges.
Effective January 1, 2007, we applied the opinion reached by the FASBs Emerging Issues Task Force
on EITF Issue 06-3, How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities
Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation) (EITF
06-3). The consensus in EITF 06-3 did not require us to reevaluate our existing accounting
policies for income statement presentation. We present all non-income government-assessed taxes
(sales, use and value added taxes) collected from our customers and remitted to governmental
agencies on a net basis (excluded from revenue) in our financial statements. The
government-assessed taxes are recorded in other accrued expenses until they are remitted to the
government agency.
Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions
We use the U.S. dollar as our functional currency for financial reporting purposes. The functional
currency for our foreign operations is their local currency. The translation of foreign currencies
into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the
balance sheet dates and for revenue and expense accounts using the average exchange rate during
each period. The gains and losses resulting from the translation are included in the foreign
currency translation adjustment account, a component of accumulated other comprehensive
45
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
income in stockholders equity, and are excluded from net income. The portions of intercompany
accounts receivable and accounts payable that are not intended for settlement are translated at
exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Our intercompany foreign investments and
long-term debt are translated using historical exchange rates.
We recorded a foreign currency translation loss of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2008 and a foreign currency translation gain of $8.5 million and $8.0 million for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The foreign currency translation loss of $10.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2008 was driven by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the
Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.39 and 1.46 at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007,
respectively. The foreign currency translation loss during 2008 was compounded by our transfer of
47.0 million, or $60.2 million, into Hong Kong dollars (which are indexed to the U.S. dollar) in
November 2008. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate at the time of transfer was 1.28. This composed
approximately $7.2 million of the foreign currency translation loss for 2008.
The foreign currency translation gain of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 was
driven by the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.46
and 1.32 at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The foreign currency translation
gain of $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 was driven by the weakening of the U.S.
dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.32 and 1.18 at December 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, respectively.
Transaction gains and losses generated by the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates
on recorded assets and liabilities denominated in a currency different than the functional currency
of the applicable entity are recorded in other income (expense), net (see Note 15).
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash accounts and all investments purchased with initial
maturities of three months or less. We maintain cash and cash equivalents with various financial
institutions. We mitigate our exposure to credit risk by placing our cash and cash equivalents with
high quality financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different
geographic regions. As part of our cash and risk management processes, we perform periodic
evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions. We have not sustained
credit losses from instruments held at financial institutions.
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $8.4 million, $6.1 million and $60.7 million of cash and
cash equivalents in the United States, Europe and Asia, respectively. At December 31, 2007, we had
approximately $12.2 million, $74.3 million and $0.1 million of cash and cash equivalents in the
United States, Europe, and Asia, respectively.
Inventories
Inventories consist of remote controls, audio-video accessories and the related component parts.
Inventoriable costs included materials, labor, freight-in and manufacturing overhead related to the
purchase and production of inventories. We value our inventories at the lower of cost or market.
Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. We attempt to carry inventories in amounts
necessary to satisfy our customer requirements on a timely basis.
Product innovations and technological advances may shorten a given products life cycle. We
continually monitor our inventories to identify any excess or obsolete items on hand. We
write-down our inventories for estimated excess and obsolescence in an amount equal to the
difference between the cost of the inventories and its estimated net realizable value. These
estimates are based upon managements judgment about future demand and market conditions. Actual
results may differ from managements judgments and additional write-downs may be required. Our
total excess and obsolete inventory reserve as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1.5 million and
$1.8 million, respectively, or 3.5% and 5.0% of our total inventory balance.
46
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures
Equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost. To qualify for capitalization an asset must
have a useful life greater than one year and a cost greater than $1,000 for individual assets or
$5,000 for bulk assets. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. When assets are
retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the
appropriate accounts and any gain or loss is included as a component of depreciation expense in
operating income.
Estimated useful lives consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Tooling and equipment (1) |
|
2-7 Years
|
Computer equipment |
|
3-5 Years
|
Software |
|
3-5 Years
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
5-7 Years
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
Lesser of lease term or useful life (approximately 2 to 6 years) |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We purchase tooling equipment for the production of our products. Tooling and
equipment is recorded on our balance sheet but is located at our third party manufactures.
Tooling and equipment as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $11.6 million and $10.9 million,
respectively (see Note 6). We analyze our tooling equipment for impairment annually. |
Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist principally of distribution rights, patents, trademarks, trade names, and
developed and core technologies. Capitalized amounts related to patents represent external legal
costs for the application and maintenance of patents. Intangible assets are amortized using the
straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit, ranging from two to ten years.
We assess the impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important
which may trigger an impairment review include the following: (1) significant underperformance
relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (2) significant changes in
the manner or use of the assets or strategy for the overall business; (3) significant negative
industry or economic trends and (4) a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained
period.
When we determine that the carrying value may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or
more of the above indicators of impairment, we conduct an impairment review. The asset is impaired
if its carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the
use and eventual disposition of the asset. In assessing recoverability, we must make assumptions
regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors.
The impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.
We estimate fair value utilizing the projected discounted cash flow method and a discount rate
determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business
model. When calculating fair value, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows,
discount rates and other factors. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we recorded
impairment charges of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, related to our
long-lived assets. The impairment charges are recorded in depreciation expense. We recorded
impairment charges related to our intangible assets of $0.1 million for each of the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The impairment charges are recorded in amortization expense.
Goodwill
We record the excess purchase price of net tangible and intangible assets acquired over their
estimated fair value as goodwill. We have adopted the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and
Intangible Assets. Under SFAS 142, we are required to test goodwill for impairment at least
annually. We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of
47
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31 of each year and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change
that may reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances
may include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in
business climate, (2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a
regulator. In performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting
unit by assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units
(see Note 3). A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating
segment (referred to as a component). A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting
unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available
and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Our domestic and
international components are reporting units within our one operating segment Core Business.
To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to which
the goodwill is assigned to the reporting units carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate
the fair value of each reporting unit using the present value of expected future cash flows for
that reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value,
the amount of the impairment loss must be measured.
The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its
carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the present
value of the reporting units expected future cash flows is allocated to all of the other assets
and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the present value of the
reporting units expected future cash flows over the amount assigned to its other assets and
liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the
carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
We conducted annual goodwill impairment reviews as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Based on
the analysis performed, we determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their
carrying amounts, including goodwill, and therefore they were not impaired.
During the fourth quarter of 2004, we purchased SimpleDevices for approximately $12.8 million in
cash, including direct acquisition costs, and a potential performance-based payment of our
unregistered common stock, if certain future financial objectives were achieved. As a result of the
performance-based incentive and other factors, our chief operating decision maker (CODM) reviewed
SimpleDevices discrete operating results through the second quarter of 2006, and SimpleDevices was
defined as an operating segment and a reporting unit as well.
Effective at the end of second quarter 2006, we completed our integration of SimpleDevices
technologies with our existing technologies, merged SimpleDevices sales, engineering and
administrative functions into our domestic reporting unit, and the performance-based payment
related to the acquisition expired. Commencing in the third quarter of 2006, our CODM no longer
reviews SimpleDevices financial statements on a stand alone basis. As a result of these
activities, SimpleDevices became part of the domestic reporting unit within our single operating
segment.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense includes U.S. and foreign income taxes. We account for income taxes using the
liability method. We record deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities on our balance sheet
for expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in different periods for
financial statement purposes versus tax return purposes using enacted tax rates that will be in
effect when these differences reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce net deferred tax
assets if we determine that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. A current tax asset or liability is recognized for the estimated taxes refundable or
payable for the current year.
In accordance with the adoption of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
Interpretation of Statement No. 109, if a tax position does not meet the more likely than not
standard, a full reserve is established against the tax asset or a liability is recorded.
Additionally, a tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured
to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The
48
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely
of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
We account for software development costs in accordance with SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed. Costs incurred internally while
creating a computer software product are expensed when incurred as research and development until
technological feasibility has been established. We determined that technological feasibility for
our products is established when a working model is complete. Once technological feasibility is
established, software development costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to
customers and is then amortized using the greater of (i) the ratio that current gross revenues for
a product bear to the total current and anticipated future gross revenues or (ii) the straight-line
method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product. The straight-line amortization
periods for capitalized software development costs range from 1 to 2 years. Software development
costs consist primarily of salaries and employee benefits.
At each balance sheet date, we compare the unamortized cost of a software product to its net
realizable value. The amount by which the unamortized cost of a software product exceeds the net
realizable value of that asset is written off. The net realizable value is the estimated future
gross revenues attributable to each product reduced by its estimated future completion costs and
disposal. Any remaining amount of capitalized software development costs that have been written
down are considered to be the cost for subsequent accounting purposes, and the amount of the
write-down is not subsequently restored.
Capitalized software development costs are stated at cost net of accumulated amortization.
Unamortized capitalized software development costs were $0.7 million and $0.4 million at December
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We capitalized $0.6 million, $0.5 million, and $0 for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized
software development costs was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively (see Note 3).
Research and Development
We account for research and development costs in accordance with SFAS No. 2, Accounting for
Research and Development Costs. As such, research and development costs are expensed as incurred
and consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, supplies and materials.
Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense totaled $2.4 million, $2.3 million
and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and
Handling Fees and Costs, we include shipping and handling fees billed to customers in net sales.
Shipping and handling costs associated with in-bound freight are recorded in cost of goods sold.
Other shipping and handling costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and
totaled $8.4 million, $7.9 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006, respectively.
Derivatives
Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated in the Euro, British Pound and Hong Kong
dollar. We periodically enter into foreign currency exchange contracts with terms normally lasting
less than nine months to protect against the adverse effects that exchange-rate fluctuations may
have on our foreign currency-denominated receivables, payables, cash flows and reported income. We
do not enter into financial instruments for speculation or trading purposes. Such contracts involve
the risk of non-performance by the counterparty, which may result in a material loss.
49
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The derivatives we enter into have not qualified for hedge accounting. The gains and losses on both
the derivatives and the foreign currency-denominated balances are recorded as foreign exchange
transaction gains or losses and are classified in other income (expense), net. Derivatives are
recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The estimated fair value of derivative financial
instruments represents the amount required to enter into similar offsetting contracts with similar
remaining maturities based on quoted market prices. Refer to Note 22 for further discussion on
derivatives.
Stock-Based Compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R) using the modified-prospective transition method. Under this
transition method, compensation expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes:
(a) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of
January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original
provisions of SFAS 123 and (b) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted subsequent
to December 31, 2005 based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions
of SFAS 123R.
We recognize stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line
basis over the service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term of three to four
years. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107) regarding the SECs interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of
share-based compensation for public companies. We have applied the provisions of SAB 107 to our
adoption of SFAS 123R.
We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the grant date fair value of stock
options. The assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes model include the following: weighted
average fair value of grant, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and expected life in
years. Refer to Note 10 and Note 11 for further discussion on stock-based compensation.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and expands disclosures about fair
value measurements for assets and liabilities. SFAS 157 applies when other accounting
pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly,
SFAS 157 does not require new fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued their
first Staff Position for SFAS 157 (FSP FAS 157-1) to amend SFAS 157 to exclude SFAS 13,
Accounting for Leases, and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements
for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS 13. However, this scope exception
does not apply to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that are
required to be measured at fair value under SFAS 141, Business Combinations, or SFAS 141R,
Business Combinations, regardless of whether those assets and liabilities are related to leases.
In addition, in February 2008, the FASB issued their second Staff Position for SFAS 157 (FSP FAS
157-2), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial
liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in an entitys
financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), until fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 2008, except for
those items within scope of FSP FAS 157-2, which we will adopt in the first quarter of 2009. The
adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and
financial condition during the year ended December 31, 2008 (see Note 22 for related disclosure).
In addition, we do not believe that the adoption of FSP FAS 157-2 will have a material effect on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial LiabilitiesIncluding an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159
expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards that require assets
or liabilities to be carried at fair value. Under SFAS 159, a company may elect to use fair value
to measure accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities,
equity method investments, accounts payable, guarantees and issued debt. Other eligible items
include firm commitments for financial instruments that otherwise would not be recognized at
50
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
inception and non-cash warranty obligations where a warrantor is permitted to pay a third party to
provide the warranty goods or services. If the use of fair value is elected, any upfront costs and
fees related to the item must be recognized in earnings and cannot be deferred, such as debt
issuance costs. The fair value election is irrevocable and generally made on an
instrument-by-instrument basis, even if a company has similar instruments that it elects not to
measure based on fair value. At the adoption date, unrealized gains and losses on existing items
for which fair value has been elected are reported as a cumulative adjustment to beginning retained
earnings. Subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 159, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings.
SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and was adopted by us in
the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material effect on our
consolidated results of operations and financial condition during the year ended December 31, 2008.
In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-3, Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods
or Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development Activities (EITF 07-3). EITF
07-3 requires that nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or
rendered for future research and development activities be deferred and recognized as an expense as
the goods are delivered or the related services are performed. EITF 07-3 is effective, on a
prospective basis, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and was adopted by us in the
first quarter of 2008. We did not have any arrangements with advance payments and therefore the
adoption of EITF 07-3 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (SFAS
141R). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any
noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes
disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the
business combination. SFAS 141R is effective as of the beginning of an entitys fiscal year that
begins after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The
adoption of Statement 141R will effect the total purchase price of future acquisitions, as
acquisition costs will now be expensed, and the allocation of fair value to specific assets and
liabilities will be different. We are continuing to evaluate the impact the adoption of SFAS 141R
will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-1, Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements Related
to the Development and Commercialization of Intellectual Property (EITF 07-1). EITF 07-1 defines
collaborative arrangements and establishes disclosure requirements for transactions between
participants in a collaborative arrangement and between participants and third parties in the
arrangement. EITF 07-1 is effective as of the beginning of an entitys fiscal year that begins
after December 15, 2008 and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for
all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. EITF 07-1 is effective for us
beginning January 1, 2009. Currently, we do not have any collaborative arrangements; therefore, we
do not believe that the adoption of EITF 07-1 will have a material effect on our consolidated
results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements: an amendment of ARB No. 51 (SFAS 160). SFAS 160 changes the accounting for, and the
financial statement presentation of, noncontrolling equity interests in a consolidated subsidiary.
SFAS 160 replaces the existing minority-interest provisions of Accounting Research Bulletin 51,
Consolidated Financial Statements, by defining a new term noncontrolling interests to
replace what were previously called minority interests. The new standard establishes noncontrolling
interests as a component of the equity of a consolidated entity. The underlying principle of the
new standard is that both the controlling interest and the noncontrolling interests are part of the
equity of a single economic entity: the consolidated reporting entity. Classifying noncontrolling
interests as a component of consolidated equity is a change from the current practice of treating
minority interests as a mezzanine item between liabilities and equity or as a liability. The change
affects both the accounting and financial reporting for noncontrolling interests in a consolidated
subsidiary. SFAS 160 includes reporting requirements intended to clearly identify and differentiate
the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. The reporting
requirements are required to be applied retrospectively. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years and
interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption
is prohibited. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a material effect on our
financial statements as we do not have any noncontrolling equity interests of a consolidated
subsidiary.
51
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activitiesan amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161). SFAS 161 amends and expands the
disclosure requirements of SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, to provide improved transparency into the uses and financial statement impact of
derivative instruments and hedging activities. We will be required to provide enhanced disclosures
about how and why we use derivative instruments, how they are accounted for, and how they affect
our financial performance. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal
years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged.
SFAS 161 encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures for earlier periods at initial
adoption. SFAS 161 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. We are currently assessing the
impact that SFAS 161 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 142-3 Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible
Assets (FSP FAS 142-3). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered while
developing renewal or extension assumptions to be utilized when determining the useful life of a
recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS
142). The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized
intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair
value of the asset under SFAS 141R and other U.S. GAAP. The FSP FAS 142-3 requirements will be
applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective
date. Early adoption is prohibited. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. We
are currently assessing the impact that FSP FAS 142-3 will have on our consolidated results of
operations and financial condition.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (SFAS 162). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the
framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of
nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States (the GAAP hierarchy). SFAS 162 was effective for us during the fourth
quarter of 2008. The adoption of SFAS 162 did not have a material effect on our consolidated
results of operations and financial condition.
In June 2008, the FASB issued a Staff Position on EITF 03-6, Determining Whether Instruments
Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (FSP EITF 03-6-1). FSP
EITF 03-6-1 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are
participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings
allocation in computing earnings per share under SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. EITF 03-6-1 is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after
December 15, 2008 and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods. Early adoption is
prohibited. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009. We do not expect the
adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 to have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and
financial condition.
In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-3, Accounting for Lessees for Maintenance
Deposits Under Lease Arrangements (EITF 08-3). EITF 08-3 provides guidance for accounting for
nonrefundable maintenance deposits. It also provides revenue recognition accounting guidance for
the lessor. EITF 08-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The
implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated
financial position and results of operations.
In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4, Disclosures about Credit Derivatives
and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and
Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161 (FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4). FSP 133-1
and FIN 45-4 amends and enhances disclosure requirements for sellers of credit derivatives and
financial guarantees. It also clarifies that the disclosure requirements of SFAS 161 are effective
for quarterly periods beginning after November 15, 2008, and fiscal years that include those
periods. FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 is effective for reporting periods (annual or interim) ending after
November 15, 2008. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on
our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-3 Determining Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market
That Is Not Active (FSP 157-3). FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in an inactive
market and demonstrates how the fair value of a financial asset is determined when the market for
that financial asset is inactive. FSP 157-3
52
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been
issued. The implementation of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated
financial position and results of operations.
In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-7, Accounting for Defensive Intangible
Assets, (EITF 08-7). EITF 08-7 applies to defensive intangible assets, which are acquired
intangible assets that the acquirer does not intend to actively use but intends to hold to prevent
its competitors from obtaining access to them. As these assets are separately identifiable,
EITF 08-7 requires an acquiring entity to account for defensive intangible assets as a separate
unit of accounting. Defensive intangible assets must be recognized at fair value in accordance with
SFAS 141R and SFAS 157. EITF 08-7 is effective for defensive intangible assets acquired in fiscal
years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of
fiscal 2009. We are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-7
on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-6, Equity Method Investment Accounting
Considerations (EITF 08-6). EITF 08-6 clarifies the accounting and impairment considerations
involving equity method investments after the effective date of SFAS 141R and SFAS 160. EITF 08-6
also provides guidance on how an equity method investor should account for contingent
consideration. This issue is effective in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
Early adoption is prohibited. We do not believe that the adoption of EITF 08-6 will have a material
effect on our financial statements as we do not have any equity method investments.
Note 3 Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Under the requirements of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, the unit of accounting for
goodwill is at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit. SFAS 142 defines a reporting
unit as either (1) an operating segment as defined in SFAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information or (2) one level below an operating segment referred to as a
component. Our domestic and international components are reporting units within our one operating
segment Core Business. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment as of December 31 of each year and
between annual evaluations, if events occur or circumstances change indicating that more than
likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit has been reduced below its carrying amount.
Effective at the end of second quarter 2006, we completed our integration of SimpleDevices
technologies with our existing technologies, merged SimpleDevices sales, engineering and
administrative functions into our domestic reporting unit, and the performance-based payment
related to the acquisition expired. In addition, our CODM no longer reviews SimpleDevices
financial statements on a stand alone basis, commencing in the third quarter of 2006. As a result
of these activities, SimpleDevices became part of the domestic reporting unit within our single
operating segment.
Goodwill related to the domestic component was the result of our acquisition of a remote control
company in 1998 and the acquisition of a software company (SimpleDevices Inc.) in 2004. Goodwill
related to our international component resulted from the acquisition of remote control distributors
in the UK in 1998, Spain in 1999 and France in 2000.
The goodwill amounts related to our domestic and international components are the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Goodwill: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unites States |
|
$ |
8,314 |
|
|
$ |
8,314 |
|
International(1) |
|
|
2,443 |
|
|
|
2,549 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill |
|
$ |
10,757 |
|
|
$ |
10,863 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The difference in international goodwill reported at December 31, 2008, as compared
to the goodwill reported at December 31, 2007, was the result of fluctuations in the foreign
currency exchange rates used to translate the balance into U.S. dollars. |
53
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our other intangible assets consist primarily of distribution rights, patents, trademarks,
purchased and developed core technologies and capitalized software development costs. Capitalized
amounts related to our patents represent external legal costs incurred for their application and
maintenance. Intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight-line method over our estimated
period of benefit, ranging from one to ten years.
Detailed information regarding our other intangible assets is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008(1) |
|
|
2007(1) |
|
Carrying amount: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution rights (10 years) |
|
$ |
399 |
|
|
$ |
419 |
|
Patents (10 years) |
|
|
7,115 |
|
|
|
6,335 |
|
Trademark and trade names (10 years) |
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
840 |
|
Core technology (5 years) |
|
|
1,630 |
|
|
|
1,630 |
|
Capitalized software development (1-2 years) |
|
|
1,030 |
|
|
|
499 |
|
Other (5 years) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total carrying amount |
|
$ |
11,014 |
|
|
$ |
10,093 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution rights |
|
$ |
53 |
|
|
$ |
56 |
|
Patents |
|
|
3,292 |
|
|
|
2,695 |
|
Trademark and trade names |
|
|
357 |
|
|
|
273 |
|
Core technology |
|
|
1,386 |
|
|
|
1,060 |
|
Capitalized software development |
|
|
289 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accumulated amortization |
|
$ |
5,377 |
|
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution rights |
|
$ |
346 |
|
|
$ |
363 |
|
Patents |
|
|
3,823 |
|
|
|
3,640 |
|
Trademark and trade names |
|
|
483 |
|
|
|
567 |
|
Core technology |
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
570 |
|
Capitalized software development |
|
|
741 |
|
|
|
431 |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net carrying amount |
|
$ |
5,637 |
|
|
$ |
5,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This table excludes fully amortized intangible assets of $5,928 thousand and $5,457
thousand as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. |
Amortization expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, except for
amortization expense related to capitalized software development which is recorded in cost of
sales. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was
approximately $1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
In accordance with SFAS 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,
patents with a carrying amount of $27 thousand, capitalized software development with a carrying
value of $46 thousand, and other intangibles with a carrying amount of $55 thousand, were disposed
of in 2008. We disposed of patents with carrying amounts of $73 thousand and $55 thousand in 2007
and 2006, respectively. These assets no longer held any probable future economic benefits and were
written-off. Impairment charges are included in selling, general and
administrative expenses. Please see Note 2 under the caption
Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets for
further information about the valuation methodology utilized.
54
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Estimated future amortization expense related to our other intangible assets at December 31, 2008,
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
1,491 |
|
2010 |
|
|
1,042 |
|
2011 |
|
|
773 |
|
2012 |
|
|
773 |
|
2013 |
|
|
773 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
785 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,637 |
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average amortization period of intangible assets is 5.3 years.
Note 4 Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consisted of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Trade receivable, gross |
|
$ |
65,014 |
|
|
$ |
63,528 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
(2,439 |
) |
|
|
(2,330 |
) |
Allowance for sales returns |
|
|
(2,823 |
) |
|
|
(1,482 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net trade receivable |
|
|
59,752 |
|
|
|
59,716 |
|
Other (1) |
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
$ |
59,825 |
|
|
$ |
60,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other receivable as of December 31, 2007, consisted primarily of a tenant
improvement allowance provided by our landlord for the renovation and expansion of our
corporate headquarters in Cypress, California. Construction
was completed during the first quarter of 2008 and the tenant improvement allowance was
substantially collected in the third quarter of 2008. |
Sales Returns
We record a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on retail product sales in the
same period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales
returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated
sales returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the
related revenue is recorded. Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at
accounts receivable, net in the same period the related receivable is recorded. Our contractual
sales return periods range up to six months. We have no other obligations after delivery of our
products other than the associated warranties.
The allowance for sales returns balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007 contained reserves for items
returned prior to year-end, but that were not completely processed, and therefore not yet removed
from the allowance for sales returns balance. We estimate that if these returns had been fully
processed, the allowance for sales returns balance would have been approximately $0.8 million on
December 31, 2008 and 2007. The value of these returned goods was included in our inventory balance
at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Our
allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of losses resulting from the inability of our
customers to make their required payments. We maintain a general allowance for doubtful accounts
based on a variety of factors, including historical experience, length of time receivables are past
due, and current economic trends. Also, we record specific provisions for individual accounts when
we become aware of a customers inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the
case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customers operating results or financial
position. If circumstances related to a customer change, our estimates of the recoverability of the
receivables would be further adjusted, either upward or downward.
55
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following changes occurred in the allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Balance at |
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
to Costs and |
|
(Write-offs)/ |
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
FX Effects |
|
Period |
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
$ |
2,330 |
|
|
$ |
442 |
|
|
$ |
(333 |
) |
|
$ |
2,439 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
$ |
2,602 |
|
|
$ |
23 |
|
|
$ |
(295 |
) |
|
$ |
2,330 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006
|
|
$ |
2,296 |
|
|
$ |
210 |
|
|
$ |
96 |
|
|
$ |
2,602 |
|
Note 5 Inventories
Inventories, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Components |
|
$ |
7,879 |
|
|
$ |
6,750 |
|
Finished goods |
|
|
37,331 |
|
|
|
29,982 |
|
Reserve for inventory obsolescence |
|
|
(1,535 |
) |
|
|
(1,826 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories, net |
|
$ |
43,675 |
|
|
$ |
34,906 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, inventory write-downs totaled $2.4 million and
$2.1 million, respectively. Inventory write-downs are a normal part of our business and result
primarily from product life cycle estimation variances and manufacturing yield loss.
Note 6 Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures
Equipment,
furniture, and fixtures net consisted of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Tooling |
|
$ |
10,567 |
|
|
$ |
9,998 |
|
Computer equipment |
|
|
2,588 |
|
|
|
2,581 |
|
Software |
|
|
2,937 |
|
|
|
2,583 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
1,740 |
|
|
|
1,660 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
2,824 |
|
|
|
1,056 |
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
|
1,040 |
|
|
|
911 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,696 |
|
|
|
18,789 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(14,275 |
) |
|
|
(13,725 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,421 |
|
|
|
5,064 |
|
Construction in progress |
|
|
1,265 |
|
|
|
2,494 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equipment, furniture and fixtures, net |
|
$ |
8,686 |
|
|
$ |
7,558 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense including tooling depreciation, which is recorded in cost of goods sold, was
$4.6 million, $3.4 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, construction in progress consisted primarily of $0.7 million in tooling
and $0.5 million in software. We expect that approximately 70% of the construction in progress
costs will be placed in service during the first and second quarters of 2009. We will begin to
depreciate those assets at that time. As of December 31, 2007, construction in progress consisted
primarily of $1.0 million in leasehold improvements, $0.8 million in tooling and equipment, $0.3
million in software and $0.3 million in furniture and fixtures.
Note 7 Revolving Credit Line
Effective August 31, 2006, we amended our original Credit Facility with Comerica Bank (Comerica),
extending our line of credit through August 31, 2009. The amended Credit Facility provides a $15
million unsecured revolving credit agreement with Comerica. Under the Credit Facility, the interest
payable is variable and is based on the banks cost of funds or 12-month LIBOR plus a fixed margin
of 1.25%. The interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2008 using 12-month LIBOR plus the fixed
margin was 3.25%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from zero to
56
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
a maximum rate of 0.25% per year on the
unused portion of the credit line depending on the amount of cash investment
retained with Comerica during each quarter. At December 31, 2008, the commitment fee rate was
0.25%. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, dividend payments are allowed for up to 100% of the
prior fiscal years net income, to be paid within 90 days of the current fiscal year end. We are
subject to certain financial covenants related to our net worth, quick ratio, and net income.
Amounts available for borrowing under the Credit Facility are reduced by the outstanding balance of
import letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008, we did not have any outstanding import letters
of credit and the available balance on the line of credit was $15 million. Furthermore, as of
December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with all financial covenants required by the Credit
Facility.
Under the amended Credit Facility, we have the authority to acquire up to an additional 2.0 million
shares of our common stock in the open market. From August 31, 2006 through December 31, 2008, we
purchased 1,686,218 shares of our common stock, leaving 313,782 shares available for purchase under
the Credit Facility (see Note 10).
Presently, we have no borrowings under this Credit Facility, however we cannot make any assurances
that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this facility will be extended
to us beyond its expiration date of August 31, 2009 under comparable terms or at all. If this or
any other credit facility is not available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we would have to
use our cash reserves, which may have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and
financial position.
Note 8 Other Accrued Expenses
The components of other accrued expenses as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Accrued freight |
|
$ |
1,846 |
|
|
$ |
1,435 |
|
Accrued professional fees |
|
|
1,245 |
|
|
|
580 |
|
Accrued advertising and marketing |
|
|
644 |
|
|
|
735 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
Accrued third-party commissions |
|
|
262 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
Accrued sales and VAT taxes |
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
499 |
|
Other |
|
|
2,050 |
|
|
|
2,603 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other accrued expenses |
|
$ |
6,813 |
|
|
$ |
6,567 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 9 Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments consist primarily of investments in cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these instruments
approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
Note 10 Stockholders Equity
Fair Price Provisions and Other Anti-Takeover Measures
Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain provisions restricting
business combinations with interested stockholders under certain circumstances and imposing higher
voting requirements for the approval of certain transactions (fair price provisions). Any of
these provisions may delay or prevent a change in control. The fair price provisions require that
holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting stock approve certain business
combinations and significant transactions with interested stockholders.
Treasury Stock
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we repurchased 1,118,318, 471,300 and
127,326 shares of our common stock at a cost of $26.7 million, $14.5 million and $2.6 million,
respectively. Repurchased shares are recorded as shares held in treasury at cost. We generally hold
shares for future use as management and the Board of Directors deem appropriate, including
compensating our outside directors. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we
issued 23,438, 24,688 and 19,375 shares, respectively, to outside directors for services performed
(see Note 11).
57
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Stock Awards to Outside Directors
We issue restricted stock awards to our outside directors as compensation for services performed.
We grant each of our outside directors 5,000 shares of our common stock annually each July 1st. When an additional outside director joins our Board of Directors, the
director receives an allocated number of shares based on months of service during the initial year.
Under SFAS 123R, compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is based on the fair value
of the shares awarded as of the grant date. The fair value of these shares is amortized on a
straight-line basis over the requisite service period of one year (see Note 11). The shares are
issued from treasury stock using a first-in-first-out cost basis, which amounted to $0.4 million
and $0.4 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Refer to the table below for shares granted to our outside directors from July 1, 2005 through
December 31, 2008, their fair market value and total amortization expense for the respective year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Fair Market |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
Granted |
|
|
Value(1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Unvested |
|
July 1, 2005 |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
325,800 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
162,900 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
July 1, 2006 |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
272,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136,050 |
|
|
|
136,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
August 14, 2006 |
|
|
4,375 |
|
|
|
79,406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,375 |
|
|
|
34,031 |
|
|
|
|
|
October 23, 2006 |
|
|
3,438 |
|
|
|
72,679 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,850 |
|
|
|
19,829 |
|
|
|
|
|
July 1, 2007 |
|
|
22,500 |
|
|
|
815,512 |
|
|
|
362,449 |
|
|
|
453,063 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 24, 2008 |
|
|
938 |
|
|
|
24,834 |
|
|
|
24,834 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 1, 2008 |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
|
524,375 |
|
|
|
262,188 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
262,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Amortization Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
649,471 |
|
|
$ |
687,338 |
|
|
$ |
352,810 |
|
|
$ |
262,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The fair market value is based on the average of the high and low trade prices on
the date of grant. |
The
unvested restricted stock compensation cost of $262,187 will be recognized in the first half of
2009. During the fourth quarter of 2007, 2,500 shares were forfeited due to the death of one of our
outside directors. The fair market value of the forfeited shares amounted to $90,613 which has been
excluded from the above table.
Note 11 Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense
We account for our stock-based compensation plans under SFAS 123R. Stock-based compensation expense
for each employee and director is presented in the same income statement caption as their cash
compensation. We recorded $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.1 million (including amounts for
restricted stock as described in Note 10) of total pre-tax stock-based compensation expense during the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
During the first quarter of 2008, as part of our annual compensation review cycle, the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors granted 115,926 shares of restricted stock to our executives
under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. These awards were granted to assist us in meeting our
performance and retention objectives. Compensation expense for these restricted stock awards is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of three years. In
accordance with SFAS 123R, compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is determined
based on the fair value of the shares awarded on the grant date. We determined the fair value of
the restricted stock utilizing the average of the high and low trade prices of our Companys shares
on the grant date. The stock-based compensation expense included in SG&A related to this award was
$0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The income tax benefit under SFAS 123R from the recognition of stock-based compensation for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $1.5 million, $1.2 million, and $1.0 million,
respectively.
58
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Stock-based compensation expense by income statement caption for the three years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006 was the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
$ |
17 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
|
$ |
26 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
418 |
|
|
|
370 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
3,870 |
|
|
|
3,072 |
|
|
|
2,721 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
4,243 |
|
|
$ |
3,521 |
|
|
$ |
3,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, we expect to recognize $2.8 million of total unrecognized pre-tax
stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock options over a
weighted-average life of 2.21 years.
As part of the adoption of SFAS 123R, we evaluated the available option pricing models and the
assumptions we may utilize to estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors. We
elected to utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model. As part of our assessment of possible
assumptions, management determined that historical volatility calculated based on our actively
traded common stock is a better indicator of expected volatility and future stock price trends than
implied volatility. Therefore, we calculate the expected volatility of our common stock utilizing
its historical volatility over a period of time equal to the expected term of the stock option. In
addition, we examined the historical pattern of stock option exercises in an effort to determine if
there were any discernable activity patterns based on employee classification. From this analysis,
we identified two classifications: (1) Executives and Board of Directors and (2)
Non-Executives. Our estimate of expected life is computed utilizing historical exercise patterns
and post-vesting behavior within each of the two identified classifications. The risk-free
interest rate over the expected term is equal to the prevailing U.S. Treasury note rate over the
same period.
The assumptions we utilized in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the resulting weighted
average fair value of stock option grants were the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, (1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
Weighted average fair value of grants |
|
$ |
9.08 |
|
|
$ |
11.77 |
|
|
$ |
7.50 |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
2.75 |
% |
|
|
4.56 |
% |
|
|
4.72 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
40.85 |
% |
|
|
39.06 |
% |
|
|
39.27 |
% |
Expected life in years |
|
|
4.74 |
|
|
|
5.25 |
|
|
|
4.89 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The weighted average fair value of grants was calculated utilizing the stock options
granted during each respective period. |
We recognize the compensation expense related to stock option awards net of estimated forfeitures
over the service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of three to four
years. We estimated the annual forfeiture rate for our executives and board of directors group to
be 2.66%, 2.41%, and 2.41% as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, based upon our
historical forfeitures. We estimated the annual forfeiture rate for our non-executive employee
group to be 6.31%, 5.95%, and 5.95% as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, based on
our historical forfeitures.
59
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Term |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Term |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Term |
|
|
Value |
|
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
Price |
|
|
(in years) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
Price |
|
|
(in years) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
Price |
|
|
(in years) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
Outstanding at
beginning of the year |
|
|
1,739 |
|
|
$ |
16.83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,480 |
|
|
$ |
13.73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,151 |
|
|
$ |
13.70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
23.46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
27.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
18.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
10.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,562 |
|
|
|
(981 |
) |
|
|
12.83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,263 |
|
|
|
(550 |
) |
|
|
13.58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,036 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/
expired |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
24.70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
|
14.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(167 |
) |
|
|
16.08 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of
year |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
$ |
17.64 |
|
|
|
5.06 |
|
|
$ |
3,045 |
|
|
|
1,739 |
|
|
$ |
16.83 |
|
|
|
5.58 |
|
|
$ |
28,884 |
|
|
|
2,480 |
|
|
$ |
13.73 |
|
|
|
5.51 |
|
|
$ |
18,096 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and expected
to vest at end of
year |
|
|
1,688 |
|
|
$ |
17.42 |
|
|
|
4.98 |
|
|
$ |
3,045 |
|
|
|
1,650 |
|
|
$ |
16.43 |
|
|
|
5.41 |
|
|
$ |
28,079 |
|
|
|
2,411 |
|
|
$ |
13.64 |
|
|
|
5.43 |
|
|
$ |
17,783 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at end of
year |
|
|
1,267 |
|
|
$ |
15.34 |
|
|
|
3.97 |
|
|
$ |
3,044 |
|
|
|
1,081 |
|
|
$ |
13.84 |
|
|
|
4.05 |
|
|
$ |
21,187 |
|
|
|
1,848 |
|
|
$ |
12.91 |
|
|
|
4.67 |
|
|
$ |
14,994 |
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the
difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the
exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by
the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006. This amount will change based on the fair market value of our stock. The total intrinsic
value of stock options exercised in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.6 million, $17.3 million and
$3.0 million, respectively.
During 2008 and 2007, there were no significant modifications made to outstanding stock options.
During 2006, stock options were modified due to an employees death, resulting in 2,875 unvested
stock options becoming fully vested. The incremental stock-based compensation expense resulting
from the modification was $0.01 million.
Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.2
million, $12.6 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized from option
exercises of the share-based payment awards was $0.4 million, $3.3 million and $0.8 million for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
60
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Non-vested restricted stock award activity during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(including restricted stock issued to directors as described in Note 10) was the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Shares |
|
Average |
|
|
Granted |
|
Grant Date |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
Fair Value |
Non-vested at December 31, 2005 |
|
|
10 |
|
|
$ |
16.29 |
|
Granted |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
18.59 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
17.37 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2006 |
|
|
13 |
|
|
$ |
18.74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
36.25 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
27.49 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
36.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
10 |
|
|
$ |
36.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
23.15 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
25.15 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
90 |
|
|
$ |
23.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, we expect to recognize $2.1 million of total unrecognized pre-tax
stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards over a
weighted-average life of 1.8 years.
Stock Incentive Plans
1993 Stock Incentive Plan
On January 19, 1993, the 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (1993 Plan) was approved. Under the 1993 Plan,
400,000 shares of common stock were reserved for the granting of incentive and other stock options
to officers, key employees and directors. The 1993 Plan provided for the granting of incentive and
other stock options through January 18, 2003. All options outstanding at the time of termination of
the 1993 Plan shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. The option
price for incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options was not less than the fair market
value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire,
but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. The 1993
Plan also provided for the award of stock appreciation rights subject to terms and conditions
specified by the Compensation Committee. No stock appreciation rights have been awarded under this
1993 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1993 Plan. There are 17,400
shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
1995 Stock Incentive Plan
On May 19, 1995, the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (1995 Plan) was approved. Under the 1995 Plan,
800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees and
directors. The 1995 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through May 18, 2005, unless otherwise
terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option prices for the stock options were
equal to the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when
each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 1995 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1995 Plan. There are
50,000 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
61
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1996 Stock Incentive Plan
On December 1, 1996, the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (1996 Plan) was approved. Under the 1996 Plan,
800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees.
The 1996 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
stock units, or any combination thereof through November 30, 2007, unless otherwise terminated by
the resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was equal to the
fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was
to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted.
No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1996 Plan.
There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1996 Plan. There are 21,334 shares
outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
1998 Stock Incentive Plan
On May 27, 1998, the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (1998 Plan) was approved. Under the 1998 Plan,
630,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees, and
directors. The 1998 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through May 26, 2008, unless otherwise
terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not
less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when
each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 1998 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1998 Plan. There are
91,000 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
1999 Stock Incentive Plan
On January 27, 1999, the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (1999 Plan) was approved. Under the 1999 Plan,
630,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees.
The 1999 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
stock units, or any combination thereof through January 26, 2009, unless otherwise terminated by
resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the
fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was
to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted.
No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1999 Plan.
There are 3,125 remaining options available for grant under the 1999 Plan. There are 39,177 shares
outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
1999A Stock Incentive Plan
On October 7, 1999, the 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (1999A Plan) was approved and on February
1, 2000, the 1999A Plan was amended. Under the 1999A Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock were
available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 1999A Plan provided for the
issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination
thereof through October 6, 2009, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of
Directors. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair market value at the
date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option
was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation
rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1999A Plan. There are 3,791
remaining options available for grant under the 1999A Plan. There are 349,959 shares outstanding
under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
2002 Stock Incentive Plan
On February 5, 2002, the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (2002 Plan) was approved. Under the 2002 Plan,
1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees,
and directors. The 2002 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through February 4, 2012, unless otherwise
terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not
less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee
62
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
determined when
each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 2002 Plan. There are 2,997 remaining options available for grant under the 2002 Plan. There
are 421,238 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
2003 Stock Incentive Plan
On June 18, 2003, the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (2003 Plan) was approved. Under the 2003 Plan,
1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees,
and directors. The 2003 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through June 17, 2013, unless otherwise
terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not
less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when
each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 2003 Plan. There are 21,522 remaining options available for grant under the 2003 Plan. There
are 618,061 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2008.
2006 Stock Incentive Plan
On June 13, 2006, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (2006 Plan) was approved. Under the 2006 Plan,
1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees,
and directors. The 2006 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock units, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through June 12, 2016,
unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock
options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee
determined when each option is to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after
the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been
awarded under this 2006 Plan. There are 762,824 remaining shares available for grant under the 2006
Plan. There are 86,937 restricted stock awards and 121,250 stock options outstanding under this
plan as of December 31, 2008.
Vesting periods for the above referenced stock incentive plans range from three to four years.
Significant option groups outstanding at December 31, 2008 and the related weighted average
exercise price and life information are listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
Options Exercisable |
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding |
|
Weighted-Average |
|
Weighted-Average |
|
Exercisable |
|
Weighted-Average |
Range of |
|
At 12/31/08 |
|
Remaining Years of |
|
Exercise |
|
At 12/31/08 |
|
Exercise |
Exercise Prices |
|
(in 000s) |
|
Contractual Life |
|
Price |
|
(in 000s) |
|
Price |
$ 7.50 to $9.83 |
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
3.38 |
|
|
$ |
8.65 |
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
$ |
8.65 |
|
10.92 to 13.08 |
|
|
377 |
|
|
|
3.28 |
|
|
|
11.91 |
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
|
11.91 |
|
14.85 to 16.88 |
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
4.05 |
|
|
|
16.06 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
16.02 |
|
17.11 to 17.62 |
|
|
289 |
|
|
|
6.05 |
|
|
|
17.58 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
17.58 |
|
18.01 to 21.95 |
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
4.39 |
|
|
|
20.03 |
|
|
|
227 |
|
|
|
19.50 |
|
23.66 to 28.08 |
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
8.46 |
|
|
|
27.58 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
28.08 |
|
32.40 to 35.35 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
8.94 |
|
|
|
34.51 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
35.35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ 7.50 to $35.35 |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
5.06 |
|
|
$ |
17.64 |
|
|
|
1,267 |
|
|
$ |
15.34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 12 Significant Customers and Suppliers
Significant Customers
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had net sales to one significant
customer and one customer that when combined with its subcontractors, amounted to more than 10% of
our total net sales.
Net sales to the first significant customer, when combined with its sub-contractors, totaled $55.3
million, $46.0 million and $41.6 million, accounting for 19.3%, 16.9% and 17.7% of our total net
sales for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Trade receivables with
this customer and its sub-contractors
63
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
amounted to $11.7 million and $7.9 million, or 19.5% and
13.3% of our net trade receivables at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Net sales to our second significant customer totaled $38.6 million, $36.4 million, and $28.3
million, accounting for 13.4%, 13.3% and 12.0% of our total net sales for the years ended December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Trade receivables with this customer amounted to $9.1
million and $2.3 million, or 15.3% and 3.8% of our net trade receivables at December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively. The December 31, 2008 trade receivables balance for this customer increased
compared to December 31, 2007 as the result of an increase in large orders shipped late in the
fourth quarter 2008 as compared to fourth quarter 2007.
The loss of these customers or any other customer, either in the United States or abroad, due to
their financial weakness or bankruptcy, or our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order
volume with them, may have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows.
Significant Suppliers
Most of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources. We have elected to
purchase integrated circuits (IC), used principally in our wireless control products, from two
main sources. Purchases from these suppliers amounted to more than 10% of total inventory
purchases in 2008. Purchases from these suppliers amounted to $28.2 million and $18.6 million,
representing 15.2% and 10.0%, respectively, of total inventory purchases for the year ended
December 31, 2008. Accounts payable with these suppliers amounted to $3.6 million and $5.4
million, representing 8.1% and 12.0% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2008, respectively.
During 2007, purchases from one of these suppliers amounted to more than 10% of total inventory
purchases. Purchases from this supplier amounted to $23.7 million, representing 14.9% of total
inventory purchases for the year ended December 31, 2007. Accounts payable with this supplier
amounted to $3.2 million, representing 9.7% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2007.
For the year ended December 2006, there was a different IC supplier who provided more than 10% of
total inventory purchases. Purchases from that supplier amounted to $14.2 million or 10.5% of total
inventory purchases in 2006.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, purchases from two of our component and
finished good suppliers amounted to more than 10% of total inventory purchases.
Purchases from the first significant component and finished good supplier amounted to $50.6
million, $46.5 million and $40.7 million, representing 27.3%, 29.2% and 30.0% of total inventory
purchases for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Accounts payable
amounted to $11.0 million and $10.8 million, representing 24.7% and 32.6% of total accounts payable
at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Purchases from the second significant component and finished good supplier amounted to $38.1
million, $30.4 million and $13.8 million, representing 20.6%, 19.1% and 10.2% of total inventory
purchases for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Accounts payable
amounted to $15.6 million and $6.3 million, representing 35.0% and 19.1% of total accounts payable
at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
For the year ended December 2006, an additional component and finished good supplier provided more
than 10% of total inventory purchases. Purchases from this supplier amounted to $13.9 million or
10.2% of total inventory purchases in 2006.
We have identified alternative sources of supply for these integrated circuits, components, and
finished goods; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain these
inventory purchases on a timely basis. We generally maintain inventories of our integrated
circuits, which may be used in part to mitigate, but not eliminate, delays resulting from supply
interruptions. An extended interruption, shortage or termination in the supply of any of the
components used in our products, or a reduction in their quality or reliability, or a significant
increase in the prices of components, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and cash flows.
64
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2008 we had contractual obligations to purchase $20.8 million of inventory from
various suppliers over the subsequent five year period.
Note 13 Leases
We lease office and warehouse space and certain office equipment under operating leases that expire
at various dates through September 2013. Some of our leases are subject to rent escalations. For
these leases, we recognize rent expense for the total contractual obligation utilizing the
straight-line method over the lease term, ranging from 36 to 73 months. The related liability is
recorded in other accrued expenses (see Note 8). The liability related to rent escalations was $0.1
million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The lease agreement for our corporate headquarters contains an allowance for tenant improvements of
$0.4 million, which was paid to us upon completion of the renovation in 2008. This tenant
improvement allowance is being amortized as a credit against rent expense, over the 73 month term
of the lease, beginning January 1, 2006.
The lease agreement for our customer call center contains an allowance for tenant improvements of
$0.2 million, which was paid to us upon completion of the renovation in 2007. This tenant
improvement allowance is being amortized as a credit against rent expense, over the 48 month term
of the lease, beginning June 1, 2007.
Rent expense for our operating leases was $2.6 million, $2.2 million and $1.8 million for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The following table summarizes future minimum non-cancelable operating lease payments with initial
terms greater than one year at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Amount |
|
Year ending December 31: |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
1,762 |
|
2010 |
|
|
1,461 |
|
2011 |
|
|
1,199 |
|
2012 |
|
|
541 |
|
2013 |
|
|
290 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating lease commitments |
|
$ |
5,253 |
|
|
|
|
|
Note 14 Employee Benefit Plans
We maintain a retirement and profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code
for all of our domestic employees that meet certain qualifications. Participants in the plan may
elect to contribute up to the maximum allowed by law. We match 50% of the participants
contributions up to 15% of their gross salary in the form of newly issued shares of our common
stock. We may also make other discretionary contributions to the plan. We recorded $0.7 million,
$0.6 million, and $0.6 million of expense for company contributions for the years ended December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Note 15 Other Income (Expense), net
Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Income Statements consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Net gain (loss) on foreign currency exchange transactions |
|
$ |
315 |
|
|
$ |
(35 |
) |
|
$ |
(508 |
) |
Other (expense) income |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
$ |
311 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
$ |
(498 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 16 Income Taxes
In 2008, 2007 and 2006, pre-tax income was attributed to the following jurisdictions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Domestic operations |
|
$ |
16,650 |
|
|
$ |
18,332 |
|
|
$ |
7,932 |
|
Foreign operations |
|
|
7,439 |
|
|
|
11,230 |
|
|
|
11,488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
24,089 |
|
|
$ |
29,562 |
|
|
$ |
19,420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes charged to operations was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Current tax expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
$ |
5,407 |
|
|
$ |
5,537 |
|
|
$ |
2,934 |
|
State and local |
|
|
1,230 |
|
|
|
490 |
|
|
|
687 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
3,130 |
|
|
|
2,997 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current |
|
|
8,842 |
|
|
|
9,157 |
|
|
|
6,618 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax expense/(benefit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
(297 |
) |
State and local |
|
|
(627 |
) |
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
(578 |
) |
Foreign |
|
|
(138 |
) |
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred |
|
|
(559 |
) |
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
(718 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision |
|
$ |
8,283 |
|
|
$ |
9,332 |
|
|
$ |
5,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets were comprised of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory reserves |
|
$ |
258 |
|
|
$ |
308 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
Capitalized research costs |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
Capitalized inventory costs |
|
|
757 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
Net operating losses |
|
|
2,473 |
|
|
|
2,974 |
|
Amortization of intangibles |
|
|
686 |
|
|
|
755 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
764 |
|
|
|
796 |
|
Income tax credits |
|
|
1,476 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
700 |
|
Stock based compensation |
|
|
2,270 |
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
Long term incentive compensation |
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
402 |
|
Other |
|
|
530 |
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
10,337 |
|
|
|
9,632 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liability: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
(292 |
) |
|
|
(509 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(675 |
) |
|
|
(238 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(967 |
) |
|
|
(747 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance |
|
|
9,370 |
|
|
|
8,885 |
|
Less: Valuation allowance |
|
|
(189 |
) |
|
|
(264 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
9,181 |
|
|
$ |
8,621 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of current deferred
tax liabilities were recorded in other accrued expenses (see Note 8).
The deferred tax valuation allowance decreased to $0.2 million as of December 31, 2008 compared to
$0.3 million as of December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to certain statute of
limitations expiring relating to foreign net operating losses.
66
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the
applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income from operations as a result of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Tax provision at statutory U.S. rate |
|
$ |
8,431 |
|
|
$ |
10,347 |
|
|
$ |
6,603 |
|
Increase (decrease) in tax provision resulting from: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State and local taxes, net |
|
|
392 |
|
|
|
373 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
Foreign tax rate differential |
|
|
(154 |
) |
|
|
(649 |
) |
|
|
(391 |
) |
Nondeductible items |
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
Federal research and development credits |
|
|
(424 |
) |
|
|
(918 |
) |
|
|
(872 |
) |
Change in tax rate related to deferred taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(147 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
(213 |
) |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax provision |
|
$ |
8,283 |
|
|
$ |
9,332 |
|
|
$ |
5,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008, we had state Research and Experimentation (R&E) income tax credit
carryforwards of approximately $2.2 million. The state R&E income tax credits do not have an
expiration date.
At December 31, 2008, we had federal, state and foreign net operating losses of approximately $5.9
million, $5.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively. All of the federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards were acquired as part of the acquisition of SimpleDevices. The federal and state
net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2020 and 2012, respectively. Approximately $0.3
million of the foreign net operating losses will begin to expire in 2020 and the remaining $0.2
million have an unlimited carryforward.
Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places certain limitations on the annual amount of net operating
loss carryforwards that may be utilized if certain changes to a companys ownership occur. Our
acquisition of SimpleDevices was a change in ownership pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal
Revenue Code, and the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of SimpleDevices are
limited but considered realizable in future periods. The annual federal limitation is as follows:
approximately $1.2 million for 2009 and approximately $0.6 million thereafter. California has
suspended utilization of net operating losses for 2008 and 2009.
As of December 31, 2008, we believed it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets
related to the impairment of the investment in a private company (a capital asset) would not be
realized due to uncertainties as to the timing and amounts of future capital gains. Accordingly, a
valuation allowance of approximately $0.1 million was recorded as of December 31, 2008.
Additionally, we recorded $0.1 million of various state and foreign valuation allowances at
December 31, 2008.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we recognized a credit to paid-in capital
and a reduction to income taxes payable of $0.4 million, $3.3 million and $0.8 million,
respectively, related to the tax benefit from the exercises of non-qualified stock options under
our stock option plans and vesting of restricted stock.
The undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely
reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign
withholding taxes has been provided on such undistributed earnings. Determination of the potential
amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability and foreign withholding taxes is not
practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation; however,
unrecognized foreign tax credits would be available to reduce some portion of the U.S. liability.
We are currently under audit in the Netherlands by the Dutch tax authorities for fiscal years 2002
through 2004. We do not expect any material adjustments to our financial statements as a result of
this audit. Currently, potential adjustments are within amounts recognized for uncertain tax
positions.
Uncertain Tax Positions
On January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result of the implementation of FIN
48, we recognized a $0.2 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was
accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. We also
recognized a decrease of $0.3 million in other
67
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
comprehensive income related to foreign currency
translation. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $8.7 million and $8.8 million, including interest and
penalties, respectively.
A reconciliation of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and
penalties) at the beginning and end of the period is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
7,817 |
|
|
$ |
6,778 |
|
Additions as a result of tax provisions taken during the current year |
|
|
404 |
|
|
|
485 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
(410 |
) |
|
|
609 |
|
Lapse in statute of limitations |
|
|
(307 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance |
|
$ |
7,504 |
|
|
$ |
7,817 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximately $8.0 million and $8.2 million of the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits
at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, would affect the annual effective tax rate, if
recognized. Further, we are unaware of any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the
total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase within the next twelve
months. We anticipate a decrease in gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $0.1 million
within the next twelve months based on federal, state, and foreign statute expirations in various
jurisdictions.
In accordance with FIN 48, we have elected to classify interest and penalties as components of tax
expense. Interest and penalties were $1.2 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Interest and penalties were $0.6 million at the date of adoption. Interest and
penalties are included in the unrecognized tax benefits.
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various state and foreign
jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2008, the open statutes of limitations for our significant tax
jurisdictions are as follows: federal and state for 2004 through 2008 and non-U.S. for 2001 through
2008. Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 of $6.0 million are classified as short term
as we expect to settle certain foreign audits during 2009. The remainder of the gross unrecognized
tax benefits of $2.7 million are classified as long term as prescribed by FIN 48 because we do not
anticipate payment of cash related to those unrecognized tax benefits within one year of the
operating cycle.
Note 17 Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the
weighted average number of our common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per
share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and
dilutive potential common shares, which includes the dilutive effect of stock options and
restricted stock grants. Dilutive potential common shares for all periods presented are computed
utilizing the treasury stock method. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we have excluded 534,418, 153,705 and 854,265
stock options, respectively, with exercise prices greater than the average market price of the
underlying common stock, because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
Earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per-share amounts) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
BASIC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
$ |
13,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
|
|
14,015 |
|
|
|
14,410 |
|
|
|
13,818 |
|
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
0.98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per-share amounts) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
DILUTED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
$ |
13,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic |
|
|
14,015 |
|
|
|
14,410 |
|
|
|
13,818 |
|
Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock |
|
|
441 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
|
|
614 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding on a diluted basis |
|
|
14,456 |
|
|
|
15,177 |
|
|
|
14,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
$ |
1.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 18 Business Segment
Reportable Segment
SFAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, defines an
operating segment, in part, as a component of an enterprise whose operating results are regularly
reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to
the segment and assess its performance. Operating segments may be aggregated only to the limited
extent permitted by the standard.
As a result of the performance-based incentive and other factors, management reviewed
SimpleDevices discrete operating results through the second quarter of 2006, and as a result,
defined SimpleDevices as a reportable segment. Since acquiring SimpleDevices, we have integrated
SimpleDevices technologies with and into our own technology. The sales, engineering and
administrative functions at SimpleDevices have been integrated into those that existed prior to the
acquisition. As a result of the integration, the performance-based payment expiring and that our
chief operating decision maker is no longer reviewing SimpleDevices financial statements on a
stand alone basis, commencing in the third quarter of 2006, we merged SimpleDevices into our Core
Business segment, resulting in us operating in a single reportable segment.
Note 19 Foreign Operations
Geographic Information
Our net sales to external customers by geographic area for years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006 were the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
162,855 |
|
|
$ |
151,034 |
|
|
$ |
126,522 |
|
International: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asia |
|
|
48,511 |
|
|
|
31,624 |
|
|
|
30,285 |
|
Australia |
|
|
4,190 |
|
|
|
2,772 |
|
|
|
3,028 |
|
France |
|
|
5,359 |
|
|
|
4,940 |
|
|
|
4,846 |
|
Germany |
|
|
7,771 |
|
|
|
6,228 |
|
|
|
7,014 |
|
South Africa |
|
|
5,827 |
|
|
|
7,192 |
|
|
|
8,140 |
|
Spain |
|
|
7,523 |
|
|
|
8,483 |
|
|
|
7,513 |
|
Switzerland |
|
|
1,099 |
|
|
|
6,473 |
|
|
|
851 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
21,234 |
|
|
|
31,290 |
|
|
|
29,025 |
|
All Other |
|
|
22,731 |
|
|
|
22,644 |
|
|
|
18,622 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total international |
|
|
124,245 |
|
|
|
121,646 |
|
|
|
109,324 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
287,100 |
|
|
$ |
272,680 |
|
|
$ |
235,846 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specific identification of the customer location was the basis used for attributing revenues from
external customers to individual countries.
69
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Long-lived asset information by our domestic and international components as of December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Long-lived tangible assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
6,292 |
|
|
$ |
5,238 |
|
|
$ |
3,921 |
|
All other countries |
|
|
2,770 |
|
|
|
2,689 |
|
|
|
2,199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
9,062 |
|
|
$ |
7,927 |
|
|
$ |
6,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with SFAS 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,
Long-lived assets held and used with a carrying amount of $185 thousand were disposed of, resulting
in an impairment charge of $185 thousand, which was included in selling, general and administrative
expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Note 20 Related Party Transactions
In April 1999, we provided a non-recourse interest bearing secured loan to our chief executive
officer. The loan was in the amount of $200,000 and bore interest at the rate of 5.28% per annum,
with interest payable annually to us on each December 15. The loan was collateralized by the
primary residence purchased and the principal was payable on the earlier of (i) December 15, 2007,
(ii) within twelve months following a demand from us but only in the event the chief executive
officer ceases being our employee or in the event of a default under the loan; or (iii) on the
closing of a sale or transfer of the property. This note, including accrued interest, was paid in
full on December 14, 2007.
Note 21 Contingencies
Indemnities
We indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State
of Delaware and we have entered into Indemnification Agreements with each of our directors and
executive officers. In addition, we insure our individual directors and officers against certain
claims and attorneys fees and related expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such
claims. The amounts and types of coverage may vary from period to period as dictated by market
conditions. Management is not aware of any matters that require indemnification of its officers or
directors.
Product Warranties
We warrant our products against defects in materials and workmanship arising during normal use. We
service warranty claims directly through our customer service department or contracted third-party
warranty repair facilities. Our warranty period ranges up to three years. We provide for estimated
product warranty expenses, which are included in cost of sales, as we sell the related products.
Warranty expense is a forecast primarily based on historical claims experience. Actual claim costs
may differ from the amounts provided.
70
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Changes in the liability for product warranty claim costs are presented below:
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals for |
|
Settlements |
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Warranties |
|
(in Cash or in |
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Issued During |
|
Kind) During |
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
the Period |
|
the Period |
|
Period |
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
178 |
|
|
$ |
(31 |
)(1) |
|
$ |
(57 |
) |
|
$ |
90 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
416 |
|
|
$ |
(146 |
)(1) |
|
$ |
(92 |
) |
|
$ |
178 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006 |
|
$ |
414 |
|
|
$ |
202 |
|
|
$ |
(200 |
) |
|
$ |
416 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In the second quarter 2007, we renegotiated pricing terms with our third-party
warranty repair vendor which resulted in lower warranty costs per unit. As a result, our
warranty accrual was reduced to reflect the lower pricing. An unexpected increase in our
pricing for warranty claims, or the discovery of a significant product defect, would result in
an increase in our warranty accrual and our financial statements may be materially impacted. |
Litigation
In 2002, one of our subsidiaries (One For All S.A.S.) brought an action against a former
distributor of the subsidiarys products seeking a recovery of accounts receivable. The distributor
filed a counterclaim against our subsidiary seeking payment for amounts allegedly owed for
administrative and other services rendered by the distributor for our subsidiary. In January 2005,
the parties agreed to include in that action all claims between the distributor and two of our
other subsidiaries, Universal Electronics BV and One For All Iberia SL. As a result, the single
action covers all claims and counterclaims between the various parties. The parties further agreed
that, before any judgment is paid, all disputes between the various parties would be concluded.
These additional claims involve nonpayment for products and damages resulting from the alleged
wrongful termination of agency agreements. On March 15, 2005, the court in one of the litigation
matters brought by the distributor against one of our subsidiaries, rendered judgment against our
subsidiary and awarded damages and costs to the distributor in the amount of approximately
$102,000. The amount of this judgment was charged to operations during the second quarter of 2005
and has been paid. With respect to the remaining matters before the court, we are awaiting the
expert to finalize and file his pre-trial report with the court and when completed, we will
respond. Management is unable to estimate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome, and the amount
of loss, if any, in the case of an unfavorable outcome.
On February 7, 2008, we filed suit against Gibson Audio, a Division of Gibson Guitar Corp., Gibson
Guitar Corp., and Gibson Musical Instruments, Inc. seeking payment of the remaining balance of a
minimum royalty fee due us under a software agreement. On March 10, 2008, the Gibson companies
answered our complaint with a general denial of all of our allegations. Also, the Gibson companies
counterclaimed that we breached various aspects of the software agreement and that they are seeking
unspecified damages. On January 6, 2009, we filed a motion for partial summary judgment which
remains pending. We disagree vigorously with their denials of liability and with their
counterclaims and will continue to pursue this matter. We are in the early stages of discovery and
are unable to estimate the likely outcome of this matter and the amount of recovery of the balance
due us or damages awarded Gibson, if any, at this time.
On February 19, 2009, we filed suit against Warren Communications News, Inc. claiming that through
the unauthorized use of embedded email tracking and intercepting software and code, Warren has
violated the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Stored Communications Act, and various applicable
California laws. In addition we are asking for a declaration that we are not infringing Warrens
copyright to a daily electronic publication. Warren has not yet answered our complaint and as such
we are unable to estimate the likely outcome of this matter and the amount, if any, of recovery to
be awarded to either party at this time.
There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation that is incidental to
the ordinary course of our business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which
our respective property is the subject. We do not believe that any of the claims made against us in
any of the pending matters have merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against them.
71
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We maintain directors and officers liability insurance to insure our individual directors and
officers against certain claims and attorneys fees and related expenses incurred in connection
with the defense of such claims.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
During the second quarter of 2007, we adopted an Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (ELTIP). The
ELTIP provided a bonus pool for our executive management team contingent on achieving certain
performance goals during a two-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2007 and ending on
December 31, 2008. The performance goals were based on the compound annual growth rate of net sales
and earnings per diluted share during the performance period. The ELTIP had a maximum pay out of
$12 million if the highest performance goals were met. Management did not earn a bonus under the
ELTIP based on our results through December 31, 2008. As a result, we lowered our ELTIP accrual from $1.0 million at December 31, 2007 to $0 at December 31,
2008. This adjustment resulted in a $1.0 million benefit to pre-tax income for the twelve months
ended December 31, 2008.
In light of the ELTIP results, our Compensation Committee decided to award a discretionary bonus of
$1.0 million, to be paid out quarterly over the next two years (2009 and 2010). The Compensation
Committee came to this decision after reviewing the economic environment and our relative financial
and operating performance. The Compensation Committee believes this bonus is in alignment with our
stockholders interests as well as our performance, alignment and retention objectives. As a
result, on December 31, 2008 we accrued $0.5 million for this discretionary bonus which is included
in accrued compensation. The amount of a participants earned award will be paid in cash, in common
shares or in any combination, as determined by the Compensation Committee. A participants earned
award will vest in eight equal quarterly installments beginning March 31, 2009 and ending December
31, 2010. In the event a participant terminates their employment during the service period (January
1, 2009 through December 31, 2010), they will forfeit their right to any remaining installments
where the payment date has not yet occurred.
Note 22 Derivatives
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and expands disclosures about fair
value measurements for assets and liabilities. SFAS 157 applies when other accounting
pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly,
SFAS 157 does not require new fair value measurements. Effective January 1, 2008, we implemented
the requirements of SFAS 157.
SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date
(exit price). SFAS 157 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following
hierarchy:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in
markets that are not active, or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability |
We utilize the best available information in measuring fair value. Financial assets and liabilities
are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair
value measurement.
72
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
We are exposed to market risks from foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect our
operating results and financial position. Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated
in the Euro, British Pound, and Hong Kong dollar. We periodically enter into foreign currency
exchange contracts with terms normally lasting less than nine months to protect against the adverse
effects that exchange-rate fluctuations may have on our foreign currency-denominated receivables,
payables, cash flows and reported income. Derivative financial instruments are used to manage risk
and are not used for trading or other speculative purposes. We do not use leveraged derivative
financial instruments and these derivatives have not qualified for hedge accounting.
The gains and losses on both the derivatives and the foreign currency-denominated balances are
recorded as foreign exchange transaction gains or losses and are classified in other (expense)
income, net. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The estimated fair values
of our derivative financial instruments represent the amount required to enter into offsetting
contracts with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices.
We have determined that the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities are derived from
level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The following table sets forth our financial assets
that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurement Using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
Year |
|
|
for Identical |
|
|
Observable |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Assets |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Inputs |
|
Description |
|
12/31/08 |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
Foreign currency
exchange futures
contract |
|
$ |
833 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
833 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Foreign currency
exchange put option
contract |
|
|
606 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
606 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,439 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,439 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We held foreign currency exchange contracts which resulted in a net pre-tax loss of approximately
$0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a net pre-tax gain of approximately $0.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007 and a net pre-tax loss of $0.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Futures Contracts
We held one US dollar/Euro futures contract with a notional value of $9.0 million and a forward
rate of $1.277 USD/Euro at December 31, 2008. We held the Euro position on this contract, which
settled on January 7, 2009. The gain on this contract as of December 31, 2008 was $0.8 million and
is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets. This contract was settled at $0.4 million resulting in a loss of $0.4 million in January 2009.
At December 31, 2007, we had one foreign currency exchange contract outstanding, a futures contract
with a notional value of $5.0 million, which settled on January 25, 2008. The fair value of this
futures contract on December 31, 2007, was $0.01 million, which is included in prepaid expenses and
other current assets.
Put Option
We entered into a USD/GBP put option with a notional value of $5.0 million in August 2008. The
strike price of the put is $1.85 USD/GBP. The contract expired on December 31, 2008 and settled on
January 5, 2009. The gain recorded related to this contract was $0.5 million during the year ended
December 31, 2008. The fair value of this put option was approximately $0.6 million at December 31,
2008. This put option is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.
73
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 23 Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Summarized quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented
below:
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
March |
|
|
June |
|
|
September |
|
|
December |
|
|
|
31, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
31, |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
61,191 |
|
|
$ |
70,684 |
|
|
$ |
76,532 |
|
|
$ |
78,693 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
21,735 |
|
|
|
24,212 |
|
|
|
24,928 |
|
|
|
25,315 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
2,683 |
|
|
|
4,357 |
|
|
|
5,910 |
|
|
|
7,811 |
|
Net income |
|
|
2,473 |
|
|
|
3,495 |
|
|
|
4,005 |
|
|
|
5,833 |
|
Earnings per share (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.17 |
|
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.17 |
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
14,474 |
|
|
|
14,033 |
|
|
|
13,919 |
|
|
|
13,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
14,957 |
|
|
|
14,547 |
|
|
|
14,420 |
|
|
|
13,903 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
March |
|
|
June |
|
|
September |
|
|
December |
|
|
|
31, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
31, |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
66,019 |
|
|
$ |
71,478 |
|
|
$ |
68,961 |
|
|
$ |
66,222 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
24,341 |
|
|
|
24,626 |
|
|
|
25,737 |
|
|
|
24,647 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
6,186 |
|
|
|
5,972 |
|
|
|
6,274 |
|
|
|
8,019 |
|
Net income |
|
|
4,637 |
|
|
|
4,546 |
|
|
|
4,915 |
|
|
|
6,132 |
|
Earnings per share (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.31 |
|
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.31 |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.32 |
|
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
14,130 |
|
|
|
14,437 |
|
|
|
14,508 |
|
|
|
14,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
14,908 |
|
|
|
15,262 |
|
|
|
15,280 |
|
|
|
15,257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The earnings per common share calculations for each of the quarters were based upon
the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period, and the sum of the
quarters may not be equal to the full year earnings per common share amounts. |
Note 24 Subsequent Event
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related
to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5
million in cash. The purchase included Zilogs full library and database of infrared codes, and
software tools. We also hired 115 of Zilogs sales and engineering personnel, including all 103 of
Zilogs personnel located in India. In a related transaction, Maxim Integrated Products (NASDAQ:
MXIM) acquired two of Zilogs product lines, namely, the hardware portion of Zilogs remote control
business and Zilogs secured transaction product line. We have crosslicensed the remote control
technology and intellectual property with Maxim Integrated Products for purpose of conducting our
respective businesses. The arrangement involves an agreement to source silicon chips from Maxim.
For the first year we will be the exclusive sales agent of universal remote control chips for
Maxim, selling the Zilog designs to Zilogs current list of customers.
Currently, we are performing the purchase price allocation analysis, which requires the cost of an
acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on
their estimated fair values. Although we believe the Zilog transaction will be mildly accretive in
the first year and grow more significantly in the long term, most technology related acquisitions
involve the purchase of significant intangible assets which typically result in
74
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
substantial amortization charges. There can be no assurance that the integration will be successful
or that the customer bases, products or technologies will generate sufficient revenue to offset the
associated costs or effects.
We expect the total acquisition related costs related to the Zilog transaction to range between
$0.8 million and $1.0 million. These costs will be expensed during the first quarter of 2009 in
selling, general and administrative expenses in accordance of SFAS 141R.
75
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Costs and |
|
|
|
|
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
Write-offs |
|
Period |
Valuation account for inventory: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
1,826 |
|
|
$ |
2,411 |
|
|
$ |
(2,702 |
) |
|
$ |
1,535 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
2,179 |
|
|
$ |
2,146 |
|
|
$ |
(2,499 |
) |
|
$ |
1,826 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006 |
|
$ |
2,274 |
|
|
$ |
1,810 |
|
|
$ |
(1,905 |
) |
|
$ |
2,179 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Costs and |
|
Reduction/ |
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
Write-offs |
|
Period |
Valuation account for income tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(75 |
) |
|
$ |
189 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
620 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(356 |
) |
|
$ |
264 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006 |
|
$ |
620 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
620 |
|
76
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d) defines disclosure controls and procedures to mean controls and
procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by
the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commissions rules and forms. The
definition further states that disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation,
controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by a
company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to the companys management, including its principal executive and principal financial
officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our principal executive and principal financial officers, of the effectiveness of the
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered
by this report. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive and principal financial officers
have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the
period covered by this report, to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be
disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission
rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosures.
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over
financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of inherent
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal
executive and principal financial officers, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting based on the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control Integrated
Framework. Based on our evaluation under this framework, our management concluded that our internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been
audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its
attestation report which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in internal controls or in other factors that may significantly affect
our internal controls during the fourth quarter.
77
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Universal Electronics Inc.
We have audited Universal Electronics Inc.s (a Delaware Corporation) internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal
ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). Universal Electronics Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Managements Annual Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Universal
Electronics Inc.s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Universal Electronics Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal
ControlIntegrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Universal Electronics Inc. as of December
31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated
March 3, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 3, 2009
78
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to our directors will be contained
in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act. Information regarding executive officers of the Company
is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K.
Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated
by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed subsequent to the date of filing this Form 10-K, under the caption Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance. Copies of Section 16 reports, Forms 3, 4 and 5, are available on
our website, www.uei.com under the caption SEC Filings on the Investor page.
Code of Conduct. We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, including
without limitation our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal
accounting officer. A copy of the Code of Conduct is included as Exhibit 14.1 to our Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044). The
Code of Conduct is also available on our website, www.uei.com under the caption Corporate
Governance on the Investor page. We will post on our website information regarding any amendment
to, or waiver from, any provision of the Code of Conduct that applies to our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer.
Information required by Items 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K will be contained in
and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by Items 402 and 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K will be contained in
and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
Information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated
by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Exchange Act.
79
The following summarizes our equity compensation plans at December 31, 2008:
Equity Compensation Plan Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
(b) |
|
(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining available |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
for future issuance |
|
|
Securities to be |
|
|
|
|
|
under equity |
|
|
issued upon |
|
Weighted-average |
|
compensation plans |
|
|
exercise of |
|
exercise price of |
|
(excluding |
|
|
outstanding |
|
outstanding |
|
securities |
|
|
options, warrants |
|
options, warrants |
|
reflected in column |
Plan Category |
|
and rights |
|
and rights |
|
(a)) |
|
Equity compensation
plans approved by
security holders |
|
|
1,045,159 |
|
|
$ |
19.40 |
|
|
|
787,471 |
|
|
Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders |
|
|
771,197 |
|
|
|
15.87 |
|
|
|
6,788 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,816,356 |
|
|
$ |
17.90 |
|
|
|
794,259 |
|
|
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA- Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 11 for a description of each of our stock incentive plans.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby
incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this item will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to
our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) List of Financial Statements
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a list of the consolidated financial statements included herein.
(a)(2) List of Financial Statement Schedules
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a list of the consolidated financial statement schedules included herein.
(a)(3) List of Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601(a) of the Regulation S-K are included as
Exhibits to this Report:
See EXHIBIT INDEX at page 82 of Form 10-K.
80
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Cypress, State of California on the 13th day of March, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Paul D. Arling
|
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul D. Arling and Bryan M.
Hackworth as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full powers of
substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and
all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises,
as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or may do in person, thereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below on the 13th day of March, 2009, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
NAME & TITLE |
|
SIGNATURE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
/s/ Paul D. Arling
|
|
|
(principal executive officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(principal financial officer and principal
accounting officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Satjiv S. Chahil |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ Satjiv S. Chahil |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William C. Mulligan |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ William C. Mulligan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. C. Sparkman |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ J.C. Sparkman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Stapleton |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ Gregory P. Stapleton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward K. Zinser |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ Edward K. Zinser |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
2.1
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of February 17, 2009 by and among Zilog, Inc., Zilog India
Electronics Pvt Ltd, Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., UEI Cayman Inc., Universal Electronics
Inc., and UEI Electronics Private Limited filed herewith) |
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics Inc., as amended (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December
24, 1992 (File No. 33-56358)) |
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Amended and Restated By-laws of Universal Electronics Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December 24, 1992 (File
No. 33-56358)) |
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics
Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1995 filed on April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Article Eighth of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain
provisions restricting business combinations with interested stockholders under certain
circumstances and imposing higher voting requirements for the approval of certain transactions
unless the transaction has been approved by two-thirds of the disinterested directors or fair
price provisions have been met. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 filed on April 1, 1996 (File
No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.1
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about
January 21, 1993 (File No. 33-56358)) |
|
|
|
*10.2
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit B to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1995 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on May 1, 1995 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.3
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees
used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics
Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 filed on March 28, 1997 (File
No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.4
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
non-affiliated directors used in connection with options granted to the non-affiliated
directors pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1996 filed on March 28, 1997 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.5
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.5 to the Companys Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File No.
333-23985)) |
|
|
|
*10.6
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employers
used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics
Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Companys Form
S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File No. 333-23985)) |
|
|
|
*10.7
|
|
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.8
|
|
Form of Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc.
and certain employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No.
0-21044)) |
82
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
*10.9
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit A to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1998 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 20, 1998 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.10
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees
used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics
Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 filed on March 31, 1999 (File
No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.11
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit A to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.12
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees
used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics
Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Companys
Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal
Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.13
|
|
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.14
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan effective October 7, 1999 and
subsequently amended February 1, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30,
2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.15
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees
used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics
Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30,
2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.16
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.49 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.17
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
directors, officers and other employees used in connection with options granted to the
employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.18
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Appendix B to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2003 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 28, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
Credit Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
Promissory Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.21
|
|
Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 23, 2003 by and between Universal
Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14,
2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
83
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
*10.22
|
|
Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 2003 by and between Universal
Electronics Inc. and Robert P. Lilleness (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14,
2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.23
|
|
Form of First Amendment to Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated October 21, 2005 by
and between Universal Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005
filed on March 16, 2006 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease dated December 1, 2006 between Warland Investments Company and
Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed on March 16, 2006 (File No.
0-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.25
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Appendix C to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2006 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 26, 2006 (File No. 0-21044) |
|
|
|
*10.26
|
|
Employment and Separation Agreement and General Release dated August 17, 2006 between Robert
P. Lilleness and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2006 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
10.27
|
|
Form of Lease dated January 31, 2007 between FirstCal Industrial 2 Acquisition, LLC and
Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March 16, 2007 (File No.
02-21044)) |
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
Amendment Number One to Credit Agreement dated August 29, 2006 between Comerica Bank and
Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March 16, 2007 (File No.
02-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.29
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreements, dated as of January 2, 2007 between the Company and each
director and certain officers of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March
16, 2007 (File No. 02-21044)) |
|
|
|
*10.30
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to
the Companys Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 27, 2008 (File No. 333-149926)) |
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
Code of Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Grant Thornton LLP (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (filed as part of the signature page hereto) |
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer) (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer) (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement identified pursuant to Items 15(a)(3)
and 15(c) of Form 10-K. |
84
exv2w1
Exhibit 2.1
Execution Version
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
dated as of
FEBRUARY 17, 2009
by and among
ZILOG, INC.,
ZILOG INDIA ELECTRONICS PVT LTD,
MAXIM INTEGRATED PRODUCTS, INC.,
UEI CAYMAN INC.,
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
and
UEI ELECTRONICS PRIVATE LIMITED
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.1 Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.2 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
|
|
|
|
|
|
CLOSING AND PURCHASE PRICE
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.1 Sale and Transfer of the Assets |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 2.2 Assets Not Transferred |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 2.3 Assumed and Excluded Liabilities |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 2.4 Closing |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 2.5 Consideration |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 2.6 Cash Consideration Adjustments |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 2.7 Sellers Deliveries at the Closing |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 2.8 Purchasers Deliveries at the Closing |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 2.9 Tax Apportionment |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 2.10 Transfer Taxes |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 2.11 Allocation of Purchase Price |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 2.12 Escrow |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 2.13 Non-Assignable Assets |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 2.14 Seller Defense of Claims |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 2.15 Purchaser Post Closing Liabilities |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.1 Corporate Existence and Power |
|
|
27 |
|
Section 3.2 Corporate Authorization |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 3.3 Governmental Authorization |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 3.4 Non-contravention |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 3.5 SEC Filings and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 3.6 Financial Statements; Internal Controls |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 3.7 Absence of Certain Changes |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 3.8 No Undisclosed Material Liabilities |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 3.9 Litigation |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 3.10 Compliance with Applicable Law and Orders |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 3.11 Material Contracts |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 3.12 Taxes |
|
|
35 |
|
i |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 3.13 Employee Benefit Plans |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 3.14 Labor and Employment Matters |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 3.15 Intellectual Property Rights and Technology |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 3.16 Related Party Transactions |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 3.17 Finders Fees |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 3.18 Opinion of Financial Advisor |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 3.19 Assets Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 3.20 Inventories Transferred |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 3.21 Product Warranty |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 3.22 Customers and Suppliers |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 3.23 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 3.24 Import and Export Control Laws |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 3.25 Insurance Policies |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 3.26 Real Property Interests |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 3.27 Retained Business |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.1 Corporate Existence and Power |
|
|
47 |
|
Section 4.2 Corporate Authorization |
|
|
47 |
|
Section 4.3 Governmental Authorization |
|
|
48 |
|
Section 4.4 Non-contravention |
|
|
48 |
|
Section 4.5 Litigation |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
|
|
|
|
|
|
COVENANTS OF SELLER AND PURCHASERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.1 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Confidentiality |
|
|
48 |
|
Section 5.2 Specific Performance for Necessary Assets |
|
|
50 |
|
Section 5.3 Excluded Returns and Warranties |
|
|
50 |
|
Section 5.4 Seller Possession of Transferred Assets |
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE COVENANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.1 Employee Matters |
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
|
|
|
|
|
|
COVENANTS OF PURCHASERs AND SELLER
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.1 Further Assurances |
|
|
53 |
|
Section 7.2 Public Announcements |
|
|
53 |
|
Section 7.3 Accounts Receivable |
|
|
54 |
|
ii |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE VIII
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNIFICATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.1 Indemnification by Seller |
|
|
54 |
|
Section 8.2 Procedure for Third Party Claims |
|
|
55 |
|
Section 8.3 Claims Period; Limitation on Indemnification |
|
|
56 |
|
Section 8.4 Additional Limitations on Indemnification |
|
|
57 |
|
Section 8.5 Exceptions to Exclusive Remedy |
|
|
57 |
|
Section 8.6 Duty to Mitigate Damages |
|
|
57 |
|
Section 8.7 Tax Effect of Indemnification Payments |
|
|
57 |
|
Section 8.8 Exclusive Remedy |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX
|
|
|
|
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.1 Notices |
|
|
58 |
|
Section 9.2 Amendments and Waivers |
|
|
59 |
|
Section 9.3 Expenses |
|
|
59 |
|
Section 9.4 Disclosure Schedule References |
|
|
59 |
|
Section 9.5 Purchaser Liability |
|
|
59 |
|
Section 9.6 Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment |
|
|
60 |
|
Section 9.7 Governing Law |
|
|
60 |
|
Section 9.8 Jurisdiction |
|
|
60 |
|
Section 9.9 Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
60 |
|
Section 9.10 Counterparts; Effectiveness |
|
|
60 |
|
Section 9.11 Entire Agreement |
|
|
61 |
|
Section 9.12 Severability |
|
|
61 |
|
Section 9.13 Specific Performance |
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii |
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
Escrow Agreement |
Exhibit B
|
|
Purchaser 1 License Agreement |
Exhibit C
|
|
Purchaser 2 License Agreement |
Exhibit D
|
|
Transition Services Agreement |
Exhibit E
|
|
Mutual Release |
Exhibit F
|
|
Key Employee Offer Letters |
Exhibit G
|
|
Skadden Opinion |
|
|
|
Schedules |
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 1.1(a)
|
|
Seller Officers |
Schedule 1.1(b)
|
|
Seller Products |
Schedule 1.1(c)
|
|
Specified Parties |
Schedule 2.1(a)(ii)
|
|
P1 Assigned Contracts |
Schedule 2.1(a)(iii)
|
|
P1 Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology |
Schedule 2.1(a)(iv)
|
|
Transferred Licenses |
Schedule 2.1(a)(x)
|
|
Additional P1 Transferred Assets |
Schedule 2.1(b)
|
|
P2 Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology |
Schedule 2.1(b)(ii)
|
|
P2 Assigned Contracts |
Schedule 2.1(b)(vii
|
|
Indian Subsidiary Assets |
Schedule 2.1(b)(viii)
|
|
Additional P2 Transferred Assets |
Schedule 2.2(l)
|
|
Seller Excluded Assets |
Schedule 2.6(c)
|
|
Preliminary Report |
Schedule 2.7(g)
|
|
Key Employees |
Schedule 2.7(k)
|
|
Third Party Consents |
Schedule 5.1(b)
|
|
Restricted Employees |
Schedule 6.1(a)(i)
|
|
P1 Employee Offers |
Schedule 6.1(a)(ii)
|
|
P2 Employee Offers |
|
|
|
Seller Disclosure Schedules
|
|
|
|
Schedule 3.3
|
|
Governmental Filings and Notices |
Schedule 3.4
|
|
Non-Contravention |
Schedule 3.7
|
|
Absence of Certain Changes |
Schedule 3.8
|
|
Undisclosed Liabilities |
Schedule 3.9
|
|
Litigation |
Schedule 3.10(a)
|
|
Compliance with Applicable Law |
Schedule 3.10(b)
|
|
Governmental Authorizations (Permits) |
Schedule 3.11
|
|
Material Contracts |
Schedule 3.13(a)
|
|
Employee Benefit Plans |
Schedule 3.13(d)
|
|
Payments and Taxes Under Employee Benefit Plans |
Schedule 3.14
|
|
Labor and Employment Matters |
Schedule 3.15(a)
|
|
Registered IP and Unregistered Marks |
Schedule 3.15(b)
|
|
Sufficiency of Intellectual Property |
|
|
|
iv |
|
|
|
Schedule 3.15(d)
|
|
Claims of Infringement |
Schedule 3.15(h)
|
|
Software |
Schedule 3.15(i)
|
|
Source Code |
Schedule 3.15(j)
|
|
Open Source |
Schedule 3.15(l)
|
|
Registered IP Payments |
Schedule 3.15(m)
|
|
Intellectual Property Indemnification |
Schedule 3.15(o)
|
|
Encumbrance on Intellectual Property |
Schedule 3.15(p)
|
|
Agreements Right/Protection Grants, Restrictions re Sale Business |
Schedule 3.16
|
|
Related Party Transactions |
Schedule 3.19(a)
|
|
Personal Property Leases |
Schedule 3.19(c)
|
|
Sufficiency Rep Exclusions |
Schedule 3.21
|
|
Product Warranty |
Schedule 3.22(a)
|
|
Customers and Suppliers |
Schedule 3.22(b)
|
|
Customer and Supplier Changes |
Schedule 3.24
|
|
Import and Export Controls |
Schedule 3.25
|
|
Insurance Policies |
Schedule 3.26
|
|
Real Property Interests |
v
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated as of February 17, 2009, by
and among Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Purchaser 1),
Universal Electronics Inc., a Delaware corporation (Purchaser 2 Parent), UEI Cayman Inc.,
a company organized under the Laws of the Cayman Islands (Cayman Islands Entity), UEI
Electronics Private Limited, a company organized under the Laws of the India (India
Entity and together with the Cayman Islands Entity, Purchaser 2 and together with
Purchaser 1 and Cayman Islands Entity, Purchasers and each of Purchaser 1, the Cayman
Islands Entity and the India Entity, a Purchaser), ZiLOG, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(Seller) and ZiLOG India Electronics Pvt Ltd a company organized under the laws of India
(the Indian Subsidiary).
WHEREAS, Seller and its Subsidiaries are engaged in the Sale Business;
WHEREAS, Seller and its Subsidiaries desire to sell, transfer and assign to Purchasers or
their designated Affiliate or Affiliates, and Purchasers desire, together, (or to cause their
designated Affiliate or Affiliates) to acquire from Seller and its Subsidiaries, all of the
Transferred Assets and assume from Seller and its Subsidiaries the Assumed Liabilities (in each
case as applicable), all as more specifically provided herein; and
WHEREAS, certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 1.1.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions.
(a) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person (including without limitation,
with respect to Seller, the Indian Subsidiary). As used in this definition, the term control
(including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with) means
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.
Atlas Product Line means Sellers Zatara® products with all of the security features
disabled.
Applicable Law means, with respect to any Person, any international, national,
foreign, federal, state or local law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty,
convention, ordinance, statute, code, Order, rule or regulation enacted, adopted, promulgated or
applied by a Governmental Authority that is binding upon such Person.
ARM License means Foundry Design License Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2003,
by and between ARM Limited and Seller, including all annexes thereto.
Assigned Contracts means the P1 Assigned Contracts and the P2 Assigned Contracts.
Assumed Liabilities means the P1 Assumed Liabilities and P2 Assumed Liabilities.
Assumed Returns means the return of unsold product from a distributor on or after
the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date of inventory shipped or delivered on or before
the Closing Date, provided that such return is not related to any warranty claim.
Balance Sheet Date means September 27, 2008.
Bill of Sale means the bill of sale in a form reasonably satisfactory to Seller and
the applicable Purchaser pursuant to which title to the applicable Transferred Assets will be
conveyed by Seller and its Subsidiaries to such Purchaser.
Business Day means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by Applicable Law to close.
Business Employees means all employees or officers of Seller and its Affiliates who
are employed in and/or primarily provide services to the Sale Business, including without
limitation all Indian Subsidiary Employees.
2
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contract means any contract, agreement, note, bond, indenture, mortgage, loan
guarantee, option, lease, license, sales or purchase order, warranty, commitment or other
instrument, obligation or binding arrangement or understanding of any kind, whether written or
oral.
Delaware Law means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
Documents means all files, documents, instruments, papers, books, reports, records,
tapes, microfilms, photographs, letters, budgets, forecasts, ledgers, journals, title policies,
lists of past, present and/or prospective customers, supplier lists, regulatory filings, operating
data and plans, technical documentation (design specifications, functional requirements, operating
instructions, logic manuals, flow charts, etc), user documentation (installation guides, user
manuals, training materials, release notes, working papers, etc.), marketing documentation (sales
brochures, flyers, pamphlets, web pages, etc.), and other similar materials related to the Sale
Business and the Transferred Assets, in each case whether or not in electronic form.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
ERISA Affiliate of any entity means any other entity that, together with such
entity, would be treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
Excluded Leases means all leasehold interests and obligations for real property.
Excluded Returns and Warranties means (i) the return of unsold product from a
distributor prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date of inventory shipped or
delivered on or before the Closing Date or (ii) any warranty or similar claims related to any
Seller Products shipped or delivered on or before the Closing Date, which in each case is a return
or warranty claim that is approved or required to be approved by Seller pursuant to Section
5.3 hereof.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
Governmental Authority means (i) any government or any state, department, local
authority or other political subdivision thereof or (ii) any governmental body, agency, authority
(including any central bank, Taxing Authority or transgovernmental or supranational entity or
authority), ministry or instrumentality (including any court or tribunal) exercising
3
executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to
government.
Governmental Authorizations means, with respect to any Person, all material
licenses, permits (including construction permits), certificates, waivers, consents, franchises,
exemptions, variances, expirations and terminations of any waiting period requirements and other
authorizations and approvals issued to such Person by or obtained by such Person from any
Governmental Authority, or of which such Person has the benefit under any Applicable Law.
Gratuity Act means the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, of India, including any
schemes and rules framed thereunder.
Indebtedness of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the principal, accreted
value, accrued and unpaid interest, prepayment and redemption premiums or penalties (if any),
unpaid fees or expenses and other monetary obligations in respect of (A) indebtedness of such
Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other
similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all
obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all
conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title
retention agreement; (iii) all obligations of such Person under leases required to be capitalized
in accordance with GAAP; (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor
on any letter of credit, bankers acceptance or similar credit transaction; (v) all obligations of
such Person under interest rate or currency swap transactions (valued at the termination value
thereof); (vi) the liquidation value, accrued and unpaid dividends and prepayment or redemption
premiums and penalties (if any), unpaid fees or expense and other monetary obligations in respect
of any and all redeemable preferred stock of such Person; (vii) all obligations of the type
referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of any Persons for the payment of which such Person is
responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise,
including guarantees of such obligations; and (viii) all obligations of the type referred to in
clauses (i) through (vii) of other Persons secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations
has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on any property or asset
of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person).
Indian Subsidiary Employees means all employees or officers of the Indian
Subsidiary.
Indian Subsidiary Financial Statements means (i) the unaudited balance sheet and
statement of income of Indian Subsidiary and the footnotes thereto for the six months ended
September 27, 2008, and (ii) the audited statutory balance sheet and statement of income of Indian
Subsidiary and the footnotes thereto for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008.
4
Intellectual Property Licenses means (i) any grant by Seller or any of its IP
Affiliates to another Person of any right, permission, consent or non-assertion relating to or
under any Intellectual Property Rights or Technology used in or held for use in the conduct of the
Sale Business as currently conducted (Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses), and (ii)
any grant by another Person to Seller or any of its IP Affiliates of any right, permission, consent
or non-assertion relating to or under any Intellectual Property Rights or Technology used in or
held for use in the conduct of the Sale Business as currently conducted (Inbound Intellectual
Property Licenses).
Intellectual Property Rights means all intellectual property rights and related
priority rights, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any
other jurisdiction or under any international convention, including all (i) patents and patent
applications, including all continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, and provisionals and
patents issuing on any of the foregoing, and all reissues, reexaminations, substitutions, renewals
and extensions of any of the foregoing (collectively, Patents), (ii) trademarks, service
marks, trade names, trade dress, logos, corporate names and other source or business identifiers,
together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, and all applications,
registrations, renewals and extensions of any of the foregoing (collectively, Marks),
(iii) Internet domain names, (iv) copyrights, works of authorship, including rights in databases,
data collections and moral rights, and all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions and
reversions of any of the foregoing (collectively, Copyrights), (v) mask works and mask
sets, and all applications and registrations of any of the foregoing (collectively, Mask
Works) and (vi) confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets and non-public
discoveries, concepts, ideas, research and development, technology, know-how, formulae, inventions,
compositions, processes, techniques, technical data and information, procedures, semiconductor
device structures (including gate structures, transistor structures, memory cells or circuitry,
vias and interconnects, isolation structures and protection devices), circuit block libraries,
designs (including circuit designs and layouts), drawings, specifications, databases, data
collections and other information, including customer lists, supplier lists, pricing and cost
information, and business and marketing plans and proposals, in each case excluding any rights in
respect of any of the foregoing that comprise or are protected by Patents (collectively, Trade
Secrets).
Inventory means all inventory used, held for use or intended to be used, in each
case, by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries in the Sale Business.
IP Affiliate means all Affiliates of Seller, excluding (i) Sellers directors, (ii)
Riley Investment Management, LLC and any of its portfolio companies and (iii) UBS AG and any of its
portfolio companies.
IT Systems means all communications systems, computer systems, servers, network
equipment and other hardware used by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries.
5
Knowledge means, as applied to any Person, the knowledge of the officers of such
Person, after due inquiry of the direct reports of such officers who are senior manager(s) in
charge of the area covered by the relevant subject matter to which the statement applies. For the
purposes of this definition as applied to Seller, the officers of Seller shall be those
individuals listed on Schedule 1.1(a) hereto.
Liability means any Indebtedness, Tax, loss, damage, fines, penalties, liability or
obligation (whether direct or indirect, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, absolute or
contingent, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured, determined or determinable, disputed or
undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due, and whether in contract, tort,
strict liability or otherwise), and including all costs and expenses relating thereto (including
all fees, disbursements and expenses of legal counsel, experts, engineers and consultants and costs
of investigation).
Lien means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest, encumbrance, claim, infringement, interference, right of first refusal,
preemptive right, community property right or other adverse claim of any kind in respect of such
property or asset (but excluding licenses with respect to Intellectual Property Rights that do not
secure any obligation). For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to
a Lien, any property or asset that it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or
lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement
relating to such property or asset.
Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plan means any employee benefit plan, program or
arrangement (whether written or oral, funded or unfunded) that is maintained outside of the United
States by Seller or any Subsidiary on behalf of any non-U.S. employees.
Order means, with respect to any Person, any order, injunction, judgment, decree,
writ, doctrine, assessment, or arbitration award or ruling enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied
by a Governmental Authority or arbitrator that is binding upon or applicable to such Person or its
property.
Ordinary Course of Business means the ordinary and usual course of normal day-to-day
operations of the Sale Business, as conducted by Seller and its Subsidiaries, through the date
hereof consistent with past practice during the last two (2) years.
P1 Assigned Contracts means those Contracts listed on Schedule 2.1(a)(ii).
P2 Assigned Contracts means those Contracts listed on Schedule 2.1(b)(ii).
6
Permitted Liens means such of the following as to which no enforcement, collection,
execution, levy or foreclosure proceeding shall have been commenced: (a) Liens for Taxes,
assessments, and governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable and (b) materialmens,
mechanics, carriers, workmens and repairmens liens and other similar Liens arising in the
Ordinary Course of Business securing obligations that are (i) not overdue for a period of more than
thirty (30) days, (ii) not in excess of $10,000 in the case of a single property or $50,000 in the
aggregate at any time and (iii) not the result of a breach, default or violation of Seller or its
Subsidiaries of any Contract or Applicable Law.
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company,
association, trust or other entity or organization, including any Governmental Authority.
Point of Sale Functionality means containing (a) one (1) or more hardware
cryptographic engines (such as DES, AES, SHA-1, SHA-2, RSA, ECC, DSA, or ECDSA) and (b) hardware
specifically designed to be capable of detecting and responding to tamper events (examples of which
include, without limitation, temperature fluctuations, voltage manipulation or external triggers
such as switches) without execution by the main processor.
Proceeding means any suit, claim, action, litigation, arbitration, proceeding
(including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing,
audit, examination or investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, any court
or other Governmental Authority or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.
Provident Funds Act means Employees Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions
Act, 1952, of India, including any schemes and rules framed thereunder.
Purchaser 1 License Agreement means the License Agreement to be entered into by
Seller and Purchaser 1 in the form of Exhibit B hereto.
Purchaser 2 License Agreement means the License Agreement to be entered into by
Seller and Purchaser 2 in the form of Exhibit C hereto.
Qualifying Assets means any group of assets with a value in excess of $10 million,
any business unit or division or any assets, other than in the ordinary course of business of the
Seller and its Subsidiaries consistent with past practice, sold to an entity listed in Schedule
1.1(c).
Registered IP means all issued Patents, pending Patent applications, registered
Marks, pending applications for registration of Marks, registered Copyrights, pending applications
for registration of Copyrights, registered Mask Works, pending applications for
7
registration of Mask Works and Internet domain names owned, filed or applied for by Seller or any
of its IP Affiliates and included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property.
Remote Control Functionality means functionality enabling wireless control of an
electronic appliance using a database of code-sets residing on an integrated circuit.
Representatives means, with respect to any Person, the directors, officers,
employees, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, consultants, agents and other authorized
representatives of such Person, acting in such capacity.
Restricted Business means, (i) with respect to Seller and its Subsidiaries owning,
managing, operating, controlling or participating in the ownership, management, operation or
control of any business, whether in corporate, proprietorship or partnership form or otherwise,
engaged in, or otherwise competes with, the Sale Business or (ii) with respect to any purchaser or
assignee of the assets of the Atlas Product Line using (including by way of a license or joint
venture), modifying or altering the Atlas Product Line to engage in, or otherwise compete with, the
Sale Business.
Sale Business means the product lines and businesses of Seller and its Subsidiaries
containing Remote Control Functionality or Point-Of-Sale Functionality (including without
limitation the business and operations of the Indian Subsidiary), but excluding (i) devices that
may be adapted for use with multiple applications and embedded in any products, and (ii) Sellers
proprietary Crimzon Connects home control products and technology; provided,
however, that none of the foregoing products, devices or technology in (i) or (ii) above
are Seller Products, part of the Atlas Product Line or shall have been designed or enabled for use
primarily in remote control or point-of-sale applications.
Sale Business Intellectual Property means the Intellectual Property Rights owned by
Seller or any of its IP Affiliates that are primarily used in or held for use in the conduct of the
Sale Business set forth or described on Schedule 2.1(a)(iii) and Schedule 2.1(b).
Sale Business Technology means the Technology owned by Seller or any of its IP
Affiliates that is primarily used or held for use in the Sale Business set forth or described on
Schedule 2.1(a)(iii) and Schedule 2.1(b).
Sarbanes-Oxley Act means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.
SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
8
Seller Balance Sheet means the pro forma unaudited consolidated balance sheet of
Sale Business as of December 27, 2008.
Seller Board means the Board of Directors of Seller.
Seller Bylaws means the bylaws of Seller.
Seller Certificate of Incorporation means the certificate of incorporation of
Seller.
Seller Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Seller.
Seller Disclosure Schedule means the disclosure schedule dated as of the date hereof
regarding this Agreement that has been provided by Seller to each Purchaser.
Seller Financial Statements means (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and
statement of income of Seller and its Subsidiaries and the footnotes thereto set forth in Sellers
quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 27, 2008, and (ii) the audited
consolidated balance sheet and statement of income of Seller and its Subsidiaries and the footnotes
thereto set forth in Sellers annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008.
Seller Income Statement means the pro forma consolidated statement of income for the
Sale Business for the nine (9) month period ended December 27, 2008.
Seller Licensed Intellectual Property means (i) the Intellectual Property Rights and
Technology to be licensed by Seller to Purchaser 1 pursuant to the Purchaser 1 License Agreement
and (ii) the Intellectual Property Rights and Technology to be licensed by Seller to Purchaser 2
pursuant to the Purchaser 2 License Agreement.
Seller Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on (i) the business,
assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the
Sale Business, taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of Seller or its Subsidiaries to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or perform their obligations under this Agreement or
the Seller Documents; provided that in each case, excluding any such effect that is a
direct result of (A) any adverse effect (including any loss of or adverse change in the
relationship of Seller and its Subsidiaries with their respective employees, customers,
distributors, licensors, partners, suppliers or similar relationship) directly related to or caused
by the announcement, pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) general
9
economic, market or political conditions (including acts of terrorism or war) that do not
disproportionately affect the Sale Business, taken as a whole, (C) general conditions in the
industry in which the Sale Business operates that do not disproportionately affect the Sale
Business, taken as a whole, (D) any changes (after the date hereof) in GAAP or Applicable Law, (E)
any failure of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to take any action as a result of restrictions or
other prohibitions pursuant to this Agreement, (F) any failure of Seller to meet internal or
analysts expectations or projections; provided, however, that the exception in
this clause (F) shall not apply to the facts and circumstances underlying any such failure, (G) any
change in the market price or trading volume of Seller Common Stock; provided,
however, that the exception in this clause (G) shall not apply to the facts and
circumstances underlying any such change or (H) the taking of any action, or failure to take
action, to which each Purchaser has consented or approved in writing.
Seller Products means all products sold, offered for sale, licensed, under
development, distributed or otherwise provided by or for Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to any
Third Party in the conduct of the Sale Business as currently conducted, including but not limited
to such products listed on Schedule 1.1(b).
Seller Shares shall mean the outstanding shares of Seller Common Stock.
Software means all (i) computer programs, including any and all software
implementations of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code or object code,
(ii) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether
machine readable or otherwise, (iii) descriptions, flow-charts and other work product used to
design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats,
firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons and (iv) documentation, including
user manuals and other training documentation, related to any of the foregoing.
Standard Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses means non-exclusive Outbound
Intellectual Property Licenses substantially in the form of the standard outbound forms or terms
and conditions used by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates in the Ordinary Course of Business in
connection with the distribution, sale or licensing of Seller Products or Seller Software, true and
complete copies of which have been provided to each Purchaser prior to the date hereof.
STPI means Software Technology Park of India.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which (i) a majority of
the outstanding share capital, voting securities or other equity interests are owned, directly or
indirectly by such Person (including without limitation, with respect to Seller, the Indian
Subsidiary) or (ii) such Person is entitled, directly or indirectly, to appoint a majority of the
board of directors or managers or comparable supervisory body of such entity.
10
Technology means all Software, information, designs (including circuit designs and
layouts), semiconductor device structures (including gate structures, transistor structures, memory
cells or circuitry, vias and interconnects, isolation structures and protection devices), circuit
block libraries, formulae, algorithms, procedures, methods, techniques, ideas, know-how, research
and development, technical data, programs, subroutines, tools, materials, specifications,
processes, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice),
apparatus, creations, improvements and other similar materials, and all recordings, graphs,
drawings, reports, analyses and other writings, and other tangible embodiments of any of the
foregoing, in any form whether or not specifically listed herein.
Third Party means any Person or group as defined in Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act,
other than Purchasers or any of their Affiliates or Representatives.
Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology means the Intellectual Property
Rights and Technology not owned by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries that are primarily used or
held for use by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries in the conduct of the Sale Business.
Transferred Assets means the P1 Transferred Assets and P2 Transferred Assets.
U.S. Employee Benefit Plan means each material employee benefit plan (as defined
in Section 3(3) of ERISA) as of the date hereof, each material employment, severance or similar
contract, plan, practice or policy providing for compensation, bonuses, profit-sharing, stock
option or other stock related rights or other forms of incentive or deferred compensation, vacation
benefits, insurance (including any self-insured arrangements), health or medical benefits, loans,
employee assistance program, disability or sick leave benefits, workers compensation, supplemental
unemployment benefits, severance benefits and post-employment or retirement benefits (including
compensation, pension, health, medical or life insurance benefits) which is maintained, sponsored,
administered or contributed to (on a contingent basis or otherwise) by Seller or any ERISA
Affiliate of Seller and covers any U.S. employees or former U.S. employees of Seller or any of its
Subsidiaries, and with respect to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries has any liability.
1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:
|
|
|
Term |
|
Section |
Agreement
|
|
Preamble |
Cash Consideration
|
|
2.5(a) |
Cayman Islands Entity
|
|
Preamble |
Closing
|
|
2.4 |
11
|
|
|
Term |
|
Section |
Closing Date
|
|
2.4 |
COBRA
|
|
6.1(d) |
Confidential Information
|
|
5.1(c) |
Damages
|
|
8.1(a) |
Escrow Agent
|
|
2.12 |
Escrow Agreement
|
|
2.12 |
Escrow Amount
|
|
2.12 |
Excluded Assets
|
|
2.2 |
Excluded Liabilities
|
|
2.3(c) |
Export Approvals
|
|
3.24(a) |
Indemnification Basket
|
|
8.3(c) |
Indemnified Parties
|
|
8.1(a) |
India Cash Consideration
|
|
2.5(c) |
India Entity
|
|
Preamble |
Indian Subsidiary
|
|
Preamble |
Indian Subsidiary Lease
|
|
3.26(a) |
Indian Subsidiary Leased Real Property
|
|
3.26(a) |
Insurance Policies
|
|
3.25 |
Inventory Amount
|
|
2.6(b) |
Key Employees
|
|
2.7(g) |
Material Contract
|
|
3.11 |
Mutual Release
|
|
2.7(l) |
Nonassignable Assets
|
|
2.13(a) |
Offered Employees
|
|
6.1(a) |
Off-the-Shelf Software Licenses
|
|
3.11(m) |
Open Source
|
|
3.15(j) |
P1 Assumed Liabilities
|
|
2.3(a) |
P1 Cash Consideration
|
|
2.5(b) |
P1 Final Report
|
|
2.6(d) |
P1 Offered Employees
|
|
6.1(a) |
P1 Transferred Assets
|
|
2.1(a) |
P2 Assumed Liabilities
|
|
2.3(b) |
P2 Cash Consideration
|
|
2.5(c) |
P2 Final Report
|
|
2.6(e) |
P2 Offered Employees
|
|
6.1(a) |
P2 Transferred Assets
|
|
2.1(b) |
Payroll Taxes
|
|
6.1(e) |
Philips
|
|
3.15(t) |
Philips Licenses
|
|
3.15(t) |
Preliminary Report
|
|
2.6(c) |
Purchaser 1
|
|
Preamble |
Purchaser 2
|
|
Preamble |
Purchaser 2 Parent
|
|
Preamble |
Purchaser
|
|
Preamble |
12
|
|
|
Term |
|
Section |
Purchasers
|
|
Preamble |
Purchasers Documents
|
|
4.2 |
Sale Business Service Providers
|
|
3.13(d) |
Seller
|
|
Preamble |
Seller Documents
|
|
3.2 |
Seller SEC Documents
|
|
3.5(a) |
Seller Software
|
|
3.15(h) |
Survival Period
|
|
8.3(a) |
Target Inventory Amount
|
|
2.6(b) |
Tax
|
|
3.12(f) |
Tax Return
|
|
3.12(f) |
Taxing Authority
|
|
3.12(f) |
Third Party Claim
|
|
8.2(b) |
Total Consideration
|
|
2.5(a) |
Transferred Employee
|
|
6.1(a) |
Transition Period
|
|
2.13(b) |
Transition Services Agreement
|
|
2.7(f) |
Section 1.2 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words hereof, herein and
hereunder and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a
whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for
convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.
References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and
Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto
or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth
in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined
therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement
shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words
include, includes or including are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be
followed by the words without limitation, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words
or words of like import. Writing, written and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and
other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. Except as
otherwise indicated herein, references to any statute are to that statute, as amended from time to
time, and to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. References to $ and dollars are
to the currency of the United States. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise
specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.
ARTICLE II
CLOSING AND PURCHASE PRICE
Section 2.1 Sale and Transfer of the Assets. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
this Agreement, at the Closing:
13
(a) Purchaser 1 shall (or shall cause its designated Affiliate or Affiliates to) purchase,
acquire and accept from Seller and its Subsidiaries, and Seller shall (and shall cause its
Subsidiaries to) sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser 1(or its designated
Affiliate or Affiliates) all of Sellers and its Subsidiaries right, title and interest in and to
all assets, properties, contractual rights, goodwill, going concern value rights and claims
necessary for the operation of the Sale Business together with the services to be provided under
the Transition Services Agreement (other than (A) the Excluded Assets and (B) those assets
transferred to Purchaser 2 pursuant to Sections 2.1(b) and (c)), free and clear of all
Liens, except for Permitted Liens, (collectively the P1 Transferred Assets) including
without limitation:
(i) all Inventory;
(ii) all rights of Seller and its Subsidiaries under the P1 Assigned Contracts,
including all claims or causes of action of Seller or its Subsidiaries with respect to the
P1 Assigned Contracts;
(iii) the Sale Business Intellectual Property and the Sale Business Technology listed
on Schedule 2.1(a)(iii);
(iv) all transferable licenses, permits, orders, approvals and other authorizations
by, and any applications for any of the foregoing filed with, any Governmental Authority
necessary for the conduct of the Sale Business, including those set forth on Schedule
2.1(a)(iv);
(v) except as provided in Section 2.2(h), all books and records (other than
Tax records, copies of which shall be provided to Purchaser 1 as reasonably requested),
relating to the Sale Business or any P1 Transferred Asset, including all Documents and, to
the extent permitted by Applicable Law, employment records relating to the applicable
Transferred Employees and files and other information and/or data necessary for the conduct
of the Sale Business;
(vi) all prepaid expenses, credits, deferred charges, prepaid items, advances and
deposits (including customer deposits), or portions thereof, arising out of or related to
any P1 Transferred Asset or the Sale Business;
(vii) all causes of action, claims and rights against third parties that relate to any
P1 Transferred Asset or the Sale Business, including the right to sue and recover for past
infringements of any rights under the Sale Business Intellectual Property and all
warranties and guaranties received from vendors, suppliers or manufacturers with respect to
any P1 Transferred Asset or the Sale Business;
14
(viii) all rights of Seller and its Subsidiaries under non-disclosure or
confidentiality, non-compete, or non-solicitation agreements with current or former Business
Employees to the extent they relate to the Sale Business;
(ix) all goodwill and other intangible assets appurtenant to the P1 Transferred Assets
or the Sale Business (excluding the goodwill associated with any Marks owned by Seller or
any of its Subsidiaries and not included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property, but
including the goodwill associated with the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale
Business Technology on Schedule 2.1(a)(iii)) and the right to represent to third
parties that Purchaser 1 is the successor to the Sale Business (except in respect of the
business and operation of the P2 Transferred Assets); and
(x) the assets listed on Schedule 2.1(a)(x).
(b) The India Entity shall (or shall cause its designated Affiliate or Affiliates to)
purchase, acquire and accept from Seller and its Subsidiaries, and Seller shall (and shall cause
its Subsidiaries to) sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the India Entity (or its
designated Affiliate or Affiliates) all of Sellers and its Subsidiaries right, title and interest
in and to the ZBASE database and all Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business
Technology (other than the Excluded Assets) set forth on Schedule 2.1(b), free and clear of
all Liens except for Permitted Liens (P2 Transferred Assets) including without
limitation:
(i) all transferable licenses, permits, orders, approvals and other authorizations by,
and any applications for any of the foregoing filed with, any Governmental Authority used,
held for use or intended to be used primarily with the P2 Transferred Assets;
(ii) all rights of Seller and its Subsidiaries under the P2 Assigned Contracts,
including all claims or causes of action of Seller or its Subsidiaries with respect to the
P2 Assigned Contracts;
(iii) except as provided in Section 2.2(h), all books and records (other than
Tax records, copies of which shall be provided to Purchaser 2 as reasonably requested),
primarily relating to the P2 Transferred Assets, including all Documents and, to the extent
permitted by Applicable Law, employment records relating to the applicable Transferred
Employees and files and other information and/or data used by Seller or its Subsidiaries
primarily in, or that primarily relates to the P2 Transferred Assets;
(iv) all causes of action, claims and rights against third parties that primarily
relate to the P2 Transferred Assets, including the right to sue and recover for past
infringements of any rights under the Sale Business Intellectual Property and
Sale Business Technology included in the P2 Transferred Assets and all warranties and
15
guaranties received from vendors, suppliers or manufacturers with respect primarily to the
P2 Transferred Assets; provided, however, that to the extent any such
action, claim or right is also applicable to the P1 Transferred Assets, Purchaser 1 shall
retain such applicable portion of such action, claim or right;
(v) all rights of Seller and its Subsidiaries under non-disclosure or confidentiality,
non-compete, or non-solicitation agreements with current or former Business Employees to the
extent they relate primarily to the P2 Transferred Assets; provided,
however, that to the extent any such agreement is also applicable to both the P1
Transferred Assets and the P2 Transferred Assets, Purchaser 1 and Purchaser 2 shall each
retain the applicable rights;
(vi) all goodwill and other intangible assets appurtenant exclusively to the P2
Transferred Assets and the operations and conduct of the business related thereto (including
the goodwill associated with the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business
Technology included in the P2 Transferred Assets) and the right to represent to third
parties that Purchaser 2 is the successor to the P2 Transferred Assets;
(vii) all assets owned by the Indian Subsidiary, whether tangible or intangible, real
or personal, including without limitation the assets listed on Schedule 2.1(b)(vii);
and
(viii) the assets listed on Schedule 2.1(b)(viii);
provided, however, that the Cayman Islands Entity shall purchase, acquire
and accept from Seller and its Subsidiaries the ZBASE Database, any and all Sale Business
Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology included in the P2 Transferred Assets and
those assets set forth in Section 2.1(b)(vi) above.
(c) In furtherance of Sections 2.1(a) and (b), Seller shall take all actions
necessary to transfer and assign all of Sellers and its Subsidiaries right, title and interest in
and to any of the Transferred Assets to the applicable Purchaser at the Closing, including the
execution of instruments pursuant to Section 2.7(b).
Section 2.2 Assets Not Transferred. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the following
assets are not included in the Transferred Assets and shall be retained by Seller and its
Subsidiaries (the Excluded Assets):
(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 2.1(a)(vi), all of Sellers and its
Subsidiaries (including the Indian Subsidiary) cash and cash equivalent items, including checking
accounts, bank accounts, lock box numbers, certificates of deposit, time deposits,
securities and the proceeds of accounts receivable, including uncashed checks in payment
thereof,
16
received or accrued by Seller prior to the Closing Date, and all equity securities of any
Person owned by Seller or any of its Affiliates;
(b) all rights of Seller under the Mutual Release;
(c) all rights of Seller under the Excluded Leases;
(d) proprietary or confidential business information, records and policies that in each case
relate generally to Seller and are not used, held for use, intended to be used in or otherwise
necessary to conduct the Sale Business, including organization manuals, Tax records and related
information;
(e) all other assets used exclusively in connection with Sellers corporate, and not
operational, functions (including the corporate charter, qualifications to conduct business as a
foreign corporation, arrangements with registered agents relating to foreign qualifications,
taxpayer and other identification numbers, seals, minute books and stock transfer records and other
documents relating to the organization, maintenance and existence of Seller as a corporation);
(f) all assets, trusts or other funding mechanisms in respect of any U.S. Employee Benefit
Plans and Non-U.S. Employee Benefits Plans;
(g) all rights under the U.S. Employee Benefit Plans and Non-U.S. Employee Benefits Plans;
(h) all of Sellers books and records, including without limitation, Tax Returns or records,
and other documents primarily related to the negotiation of the sale of the Sale Business with
other parties;
(i) all insurance policies and proceeds;
(j) all accounts receivable, or portions thereof, attributable to Seller Products shipped to
distributors or customers prior to the Closing;
(k) the ARM License;
(l) the assets listed on Schedule 2.2(l); and
(m) all Intellectual Property Rights and Technology owned by, or used or held for use by,
Seller or any of its Subsidiaries other than the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale
Business Technology, including without limitation the Intellectual Property Rights and Technology
to be licensed to Purchaser 1 or Purchaser 2 under the Purchaser 1 License Agreement and Purchaser
2 License Agreement and Intellectual Property Licenses (other than the P1 Assigned Contracts and P2
Assigned Contracts).
17
Section 2.3 Assumed and Excluded Liabilities.
(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing,
and subject to consummation of the Closing, Purchaser 1 shall (or shall cause its designated
Affiliate or Affiliates to) assume, effective as of the Closing, the following liabilities of
Seller and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the P1 Assumed Liabilities):
(i) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with any Assumed Returns in
connection with the P1 Transferred Assets; and
(ii) accounts payable (other than intercompany accounts payable) associated with
Inventory on order by or in transit to Seller or its Subsidiaries as of the Closing (in
amounts and on terms in the Ordinary Course of Business) which is received after the
Closing; provided, however, that such accounts payable shall exclude any
accounts payable associated with any Inventory included in the Inventory Amount in
accordance with Section 2.6.
(b) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing,
and subject to consummation of the Closing, Purchaser 2 shall (or shall cause its designated
Affiliate or Affiliates to) assume, effective as of the Closing, all Liabilities of Seller and the
Subsidiaries arising out of, under or in connection with Assumed Returns in connection with the P2
Transferred Assets ( the P2 Assumed Liabilities).
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and regardless of any disclosure to any
Purchaser, no Purchaser will assume or be liable for any Excluded Liabilities. Seller shall, and
shall cause its Subsidiaries to, timely perform, satisfy and discharge in accordance with their
respective terms all Excluded Liabilities. Excluded Liabilities shall mean all
Liabilities of Seller and its Subsidiaries arising out of, relating to or otherwise in respect of
the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets on or before the Closing and all other Liabilities of
Seller and its Subsidiaries, other than the Assumed Liabilities, including the following
Liabilities:
(i) all Liabilities in respect of any products sold and/or services performed by Seller
or its Subsidiaries and the operation of the Sale Business on or before the Closing Date;
(ii) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with Excluded Returns and
Warranties;
(iii) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with Contracts that are
not Assigned Contracts and, with respect to Assigned Contracts, Liabilities in respect of a
breach by or default of Seller or its Subsidiary accruing under such Assigned Contracts with
respect to any period on or before the Closing;
18
(iv) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with any Indebtedness of
Seller or any of its Subsidiaries;
(v) all Liabilities in respect of (A) any pending or threatened Proceeding against
Seller or its Subsidiaries, or (B) any claim arising out of, relating to or otherwise in
respect of (1) the operation of the Sale Business to the extent such Proceeding or claim
relates to such operation on or prior to the Closing or (2) any Excluded Asset;
(vi) all Liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with the Excluded Leases
and Excluded Assets;
(vii) all Liabilities arising out of, relating to or with respect to (A) the employment
or performance of services, or termination of employment or services by Seller or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates of any individual on or before the Closing, (B) workers
compensation claims against Seller or any of its Subsidiaries that relate to the period on
or before the Closing, irrespective of whether such claims are made prior to or after the
Closing or (C) any U.S. Employee Benefit Plan;
(viii) except as expressly provided in Section 2.10, (A) all Liabilities of
Seller, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates for Taxes or (B) any Liability for Taxes
attributable to the ownership, conduct, operation or disposition of the Sale Business or
Transferred Assets for any period (including a portion thereof) ending on or prior to the
Closing;
(ix) all Liabilities relating to the conduct or operation of the Sale Business prior to
the effective time of the Closing on the Closing Date other than as set forth in
Sections 2.3(a)(i), 2.3(a)(ii) and 2.3(b); and
(x) all Liabilities relating to the conduct or operation of any business of Seller, its
Subsidiaries or its Affiliates, other than the Sale Business.
2.4 Closing. The closing (the Closing) of the purchase and sale of the Transferred
Assets and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities shall be held at the offices of Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 525 University Ave., Palo Alto, California on the date hereof (the
Closing Date). The Closing shall be deemed to occur as of the close of business on the
Closing Date.
2.5 Consideration.
(a) The aggregate consideration for the Transferred Assets shall be (i) an amount in cash
equal to $31,234,873.29, subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 2.6, 2.9
19
and 2.12 (the Cash Consideration), and (ii) the assumption of the Assumed
Liabilities (together with the Cash Consideration, the Total Consideration).
(b) At the Closing, Purchaser 1 shall pay $21,688,984.84 (as adjusted pursuant to Sections
2.6, 2.9 and 2.12, the P1 Cash Consideration) to Seller, which shall be paid by wire
transfer of immediately available funds into an account designated by Seller in writing not fewer
than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.
(c) At the Closing, the Cayman Islands Entity shall pay $9,501,888.45 and, within ten (10)
Business Days following delivery by Seller to the India Entity of Sellers invoice for physical
assets located in India, the India Entity shall pay by check an amount in India Rupees equal to
$44,000.00 exchanged into Rupees based on the spot rate as of the date of such invoice (the
India Cash Consideration) (each as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.9 and 2.12,
and together the P2 Cash Consideration) to Seller, which shall be paid by wire transfer
of immediately available funds into an account designated by Seller in writing (except for payment
of the India Cash Consideration, which shall be paid by check to Seller).
Section 2.6 Cash Consideration Adjustments.
(a) The P1 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) shall be decreased by
an amount equal to (i) any customer payments and deposits received by Seller prior to the Closing
but attributable to products or services to be provided by Purchaser 1 after the Closing (including
any interest owing thereon) and (ii) any other advance payments or deposits, to the extent any of
the foregoing payments or deposits are attributable to products or services to be provided after
the Closing.
(b) Seller shall be obligated to deliver to Purchaser 1 an Inventory Amount equivalent to
$1,704,499.00 (the Target Inventory Amount) at Closing. In the event that the actual
Inventory Amount at Closing exceeds the Target Inventory Amount, the P1 Cash Consideration (and as
a result the Cash Consideration) shall be increased by the amount of such excess; provided,
however, that in no event shall such increase be greater than $170,449.90. In the event
that the Target Inventory Amount exceeds the Inventory Amount actually delivered at the Closing,
the P1 Cash Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) shall be decreased by the amount
of such excess. For purposes of this Agreement, the term Inventory Amount means the
amount of Inventory at the Closing calculated in accordance with GAAP in a manner consistent with
the Seller Balance Sheet as calculated by Seller and delivered to Purchaser in the Preliminary
Report pursuant to Section 2.6(c) below.
(c) Attached hereto as Schedule 2.6(c) is a report with respect to the Sale Business
(the Preliminary Report), prepared in good faith and certified to the best knowledge of
such certifying officer as to completeness and accuracy by Seller, showing in detail the
preliminary determination of the adjustments referred to in Sections 2.6(a), 2.6(b)
(with respect to Purchaser 1) and 2.9 (with respect to Purchaser 1 and Purchaser 2), which
are calculated in accordance with such Section as of the Closing, together with any documents
substantiating the determination of the adjustments to the P1 Cash Consideration or the P2 Cash
Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) proposed in the Preliminary Report. The
20
adjustments shown in the Preliminary Report have been accounted for in calculating the P1 Cash
Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) shown in Sections 2.5(a) and 2.6(b) above.
(d) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Purchaser 1 shall deliver to Seller a
report with respect to the Sale Business (the P1 Final Report), showing in detail the
final determination of any adjustments which were not calculated as of the Closing and containing
any corrections to the Preliminary Report, together with documents substantiating the final
calculation of the adjustments proposed in the Final Report. If Seller shall conclude that the
Final Report does not accurately reflect the adjustments and prorations to be made to the P1 Cash
Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) in accordance with this Section 2.6,
Seller shall, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Final Report, provide to Purchaser 1
its written statement of any discrepancies believed to exist. Purchaser 1 and Seller shall use
good faith efforts to jointly resolve the discrepancies within thirty (30) days of such Purchasers
receipt of Sellers written statement of discrepancies, which resolution, if achieved, shall be
binding upon all parties to this Agreement and not subject to dispute or judicial review. If
Purchaser 1 and Seller cannot resolve the discrepancies to their mutual satisfaction within such
30-day period, such Purchaser and Seller shall, within the following ten (10) days, jointly
designate a national independent public accounting firm to be retained to review the Final Report
together with Sellers discrepancy statement and any other relevant documents. The parties agree
that the foregoing independent public accounting firm shall not be one that is regularly engaged by
Purchaser 1 or Seller. Such firm shall report its conclusions as to adjustments pursuant to this
Section 2.6, which shall be conclusive on all parties to this Agreement and not subject to
dispute or judicial review. The conclusion of such firm with respect to each discrepancy shall be
within the range established for such item by the Final Report and Sellers discrepancy statement.
If Purchaser 1 or Seller is determined to owe an amount to the other pursuant to this Section
2.6(d), the appropriate party shall pay such amount thereof to the other within three (3)
Business Days after receipt of such determination and such payment shall be treated as an
adjustment to the purchase price of the Transferred Assets. The cost of retaining such independent
public accounting firm shall be borne equally by Seller and Purchaser 1.
(e) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Purchaser 2 shall deliver to Seller a
report with respect to the Sale Business (the P2 Final Report), showing in detail the
final determination of any adjustments which were not calculated as of the Closing and containing
any corrections to the Preliminary Report, together with documents substantiating the final
calculation of the adjustments proposed in the Final Report. If Seller shall conclude that the
Final Report does not accurately reflect the adjustments and prorations to be made to the P2 Cash
Consideration (and as a result the Cash Consideration) in accordance with this Section 2.6,
Seller shall, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Final Report, provide to Purchaser 2
its written statement of any discrepancies believed to exist. Purchaser 2 and Seller shall use
good faith efforts to jointly resolve the discrepancies within thirty (30) days of such Purchasers
receipt of Sellers written statement of discrepancies, which resolution, if achieved, shall be
binding upon all parties to this Agreement and not subject to dispute or judicial review. If
Purchaser 2 and Seller cannot resolve the discrepancies to their mutual satisfaction within such
30-day period, such Purchaser and Seller shall, within the following ten (10) days, jointly
designate a national independent public accounting firm to be retained to review the Final Report
together with Sellers discrepancy statement and any other relevant documents. The parties agree
that the foregoing independent public accounting firm shall not be one that is regularly
21
engaged by Purchaser 2 or Seller. Such firm shall report its conclusions as to adjustments
pursuant to this Section 2.6, which shall be conclusive on all parties to this Agreement
and not subject to dispute or judicial review. The conclusion of such firm with respect to each
discrepancy shall be within the range established for such item by the Final Report and Sellers
discrepancy statement. If Purchaser 2 or Seller is determined to owe an amount to the other
pursuant to this Section 2.6(d), the appropriate party shall pay such amount thereof to the
other within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such determination and such payment shall be
treated as an adjustment to the purchase price of the Transferred Assets. The cost of retaining
such independent public accounting firm shall be borne equally by Seller and Purchaser 2.
Section 2.7 Sellers Deliveries at the Closing. At the Closing, Seller shall deliver or cause to be
delivered to each Purchaser, as applicable, the following:
(a) Bills of Sale executed by Seller (i.e., one for the benefit of Purchaser 1, one for the
benefit of the India Entity and one for the benefit of the Cayman Islands Entity);
(b) such further Bills of Sale (or a Delivery Note, as applicable), endorsements, consents,
assignments and other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance and assignment as the parties
and their respective counsel shall deem reasonably necessary under Applicable Law to vest in each
Purchaser all right, title and interest in, to and under the applicable Transferred Assets;
(c) an affidavit of Seller stating, under penalties of perjury, Sellers taxpayer
identification number and that Seller is not a foreign person in accordance with Section 1445(b)(2)
of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder;
(d) assignment agreements, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Purchaser and
suitable for recordation with applicable Governmental Authorities, executed by an authorized
representative of Seller that assigns or transfers, as the case may be, the relevant Sale Business
Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology to the applicable Purchaser;
(e) a list of all due dates in Sellers and its Subsidiaries Ordinary Course of Business for
filing with any Governmental Authority any documents necessary to secure, maintain and enforce each
Purchasers respective rights in and to the Sale Business Intellectual Property, which due dates
occur within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date;
(f) to (i) each Purchaser an executed signature page to the Escrow Agreement in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A; (ii) Purchaser 1 an executed signature page to (A) the
Purchaser 1 License Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and (B) the
Transition Services Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the Transition
Services Agreement) and (iii) the India Entity an executed signature page to (A) the Purchaser
2 License Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and (B) the mutual release in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the Mutual Release);
22
(g) each Key Employee, as set forth on Schedule 2.7(g) (the Key Employees)
executed offer letters from the relevant Purchaser listed thereon, in the forms attached hereto as
Exhibit F (as applicable);
(h) a legal opinion from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, legal counsel to Seller, a
copy of which is attached as Exhibit G;
(i) a certificate from the Corporate Secretary of Seller having attached thereto a true and
complete copy of the resolutions adopted by the Seller Board authorizing the transactions
contemplated and a certificate from the corporate secretary of the Indian Subsidiary having
attached thereto a true and complete copy of the resolutions adopted by the Indian Subsidiary Board
of Directors authorizing the transactions contemplated;
(j) all instruments and documents necessary to release any and all (if any) Liens (except
Permitted Liens) on the Transferred Assets, including appropriate UCC financing statement
amendments (termination statements); and
(k) those consents to assignment executed by Third Parties under certain Assigned Contracts as
set forth on Schedule 2.7(k).
Section 2.8 Purchasers Deliveries at the Closing. At the Closing
(a) each Purchaser shall deliver to Seller the following:
(i) The applicable Cash Consideration as adjusted in accordance with Section
2.6; and
(ii) an executed undertaking and instrument of assumption, in a form reasonably
satisfactory to such Purchaser and Seller, evidencing such Purchasers assumption of the
applicable Assumed Liabilities; and
(b) Purchaser 1 shall deliver to Seller an executed signature page to (i) the Escrow Agreement
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; (ii) the Purchaser 1 License Agreement in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit B and (iii) the Transition Services Agreement in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit D.
(c) Purchaser 2 shall deliver to Seller an executed signature page to (i) the Escrow Agreement
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; (ii) the Purchaser 2 License Agreement in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit C and (iii) the mutual release in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit E.
Section 2.9 Tax Apportionment.
(a) With respect to Purchaser 1, any ad valorem, property or similar Taxes associated with the
P1 Transferred Assets shall be prorated on a per diem basis through the close of business on the
Closing Date. Such ad valorem, property or similar Taxes
23
apportioned to the period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the close of business on
the Closing Date shall be borne by Seller and such Taxes apportioned to the period (or portion
thereof) beginning on or after the close of business on the Closing Date shall be borne by
Purchaser 1. The Cash Consideration shall be increased or decreased as required to effectuate the
resulting amount required to be borne by Seller or Purchaser 1. With respect to Taxes described in
this Section 2.9(a), Seller shall timely file all Tax Returns due before the Closing Date
with respect to such Taxes and Purchaser 1 shall prepare and file all Tax Returns due after the
Closing Date with respect to such Taxes. If one party remits to the appropriate Taxing Authority
payment for Taxes, which are subject to pro ration under this Section 2.9(a), and such
payment includes the other partys share of such Taxes, such other party shall promptly reimburse
the remitting party for its share of such Taxes to the extent that such Taxes are not reflected in
the Cash Consideration calculation.
(b) With respect to Purchaser 2, any ad valorem, property or similar Taxes associated with the
P2 Transferred Assets shall be prorated on a per diem basis through the close of business on the
Closing Date. Such ad valorem, property or similar Taxes apportioned to the period (or portion
thereof) ending on or prior to the close of business on the Closing Date shall be borne by Seller
and such Taxes apportioned to the period (or portion thereof) beginning on or after the close of
business on the Closing Date shall be borne by Purchaser 2. The Cash Consideration shall be
increased or decreased as required to effectuate the resulting amount required to be borne by
Seller or Purchaser 2. With respect to Taxes described in this Section 2.9(b), Seller
shall timely file all Tax Returns due before the Closing Date with respect to such Taxes and
Purchaser 2 shall prepare and file all Tax Returns due after the Closing Date with respect to such
Taxes. If one party remits to the appropriate Taxing Authority payment for Taxes, which are
subject to pro ration under this Section 2.9(b), and such payment includes the other
partys share of such Taxes, such other party shall promptly reimburse the remitting party for its
share of such Taxes to the extent that such Taxes are not reflected in the Cash Consideration
calculation.
Section 2.10 Transfer Taxes. Seller and the relevant Purchaser shall each pay, or otherwise bear the
burden of, fifty percent (50%) of all sales, use, excise, transfer, value added and similar Taxes
(and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Taxes of or relating to the Seller imposed upon or
determined by reference to net income) associated with the sale of the respective Transferred
Assets or the assumption of the respective Assumed Liabilities; provided, however,
Seller shall pay and solely bear the burden of one hundred percent (100%) of all sales, use,
excise, transfer, value added and similar Taxes and all costs of and related to de-bonding
(including in connection with STPI) associated with the sale of Transferred Assets by the Indian
Subsidiary..
Section 2.11 Allocation of Purchase Price. Seller and each respective Purchaser shall cooperate in good
faith to reach an agreement as to the allocation of the purchase price, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes of the P1 Transferred Assets and the P2 Transferred Assets, respectively, among such
assets. If such agreement is achieved by Seller, on the one hand and a Purchaser, on the other
hand, then Seller and such Purchaser shall prepare and file Internal Revenue Service Form 8594 on a
basis consistent with such agreement and shall take no contrary position except to the extent
required by Applicable Law. If such agreement is not achieved by
24
Seller, on the one hand and a Purchaser, on the other hand, then Seller and such Purchaser shall
allocate the purchase price attributable to the applicable Transferred Assets in accordance with
their separate determinations.
Section 2.12 Escrow. At Closing, cash in the amount of $3,100,000 (consisting of $2,150,000 of the P1
Cash Consideration and $950,000 of the P2 Cash Consideration, together the Escrow Amount)
receivable by Seller as part of the Cash Consideration will not be paid at Closing but rather will
be deposited with, and held by JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., (the Escrow Agent), in an escrow
fund in accordance with the escrow agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the
Escrow Agreement) to secure claims by Indemnified Parties for indemnification in
accordance with ARTICLE VIII. The release of the Escrow Amount will occur as follows: (i)
one-half of the Escrow Amount will be released to Seller on the six (6) month anniversary of the
Closing and (ii) the remaining Escrow Amount will be released to Seller on the twelve (12) month
anniversary of the Closing, in each case, reduced first by any amounts that have already been paid
in connection with resolved claims or are being reserved for in connection with pending claims,
subject to the terms hereof and of the Escrow Agreement; provided, that in the event of any
conflict between this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the terms of the Escrow Agreement will
control.
Section 2.13 Non-Assignable Assets.
(a) Nothing in this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
shall be construed as an attempt or agreement to assign any Transferred Asset, including any
Contract, Governmental Authorizations, certificate, approval, authorization or other right, which
by its terms or by Applicable Law is nonassignable without the consent of a third party or a
Governmental Authority or is cancelable by a third party in the event of an assignment
(Nonassignable Assets) unless and until such consent shall have been obtained. Seller
shall, and shall cause its IP Affiliates to, (i) use its or their commercially reasonable efforts
to obtain at the earliest practicable date all consents, waivers, approvals and notices that are
required to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including without
limitation in connection with the ROM Code related mask works and ROM code related to the Seller
Products, as requested by Purchaser 2) and (ii) use its or their commercially reasonable efforts to
take, or cause to be taken, all actions to enable and facilitate Purchaser 2s efforts to effect
the transfer and/or assignment of the ROM Code related mask works and ROM code related to the
Seller Products to Purchaser 2, including without limitation Purchaser 2s efforts to obtain
consents in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none
of the Purchasers or their respective Affiliates shall be required to pay any amounts in connection
with obtaining any consent, waiver or approval. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, in the
event consents to the assignment thereof cannot be obtained, such Nonassignable Assets shall be
held, as of and from the Closing Date, by Seller or the applicable IP Affiliate of Seller in trust
for the applicable Purchaser and the covenants and obligations thereunder shall be performed by the
applicable Purchaser in Sellers or such IP Affiliates name and all benefits and obligations
existing thereunder shall be for such Purchasers account. Seller shall take or cause to be taken
at Sellers expense such actions in its name or otherwise as such Purchaser may reasonably request
so as to provide such Purchaser with the benefits of the Nonassignable Assets and to effect
collection of money or other consideration that becomes due
25
and payable under the Nonassignable Assets, and Seller or the applicable IP Affiliate of Seller
shall promptly pay over to such Purchaser all money or other consideration received by it in
respect of all Nonassignable Assets. As of and from the Closing Date, Seller on behalf of itself
and its IP Affiliates authorizes each Purchaser, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and the
terms of the Nonassignable Assets, at such Purchasers expense, to perform all the obligations and
receive all the benefits of Seller or its IP Affiliates under the Nonassignable Assets and appoints
each Purchaser its attorney-in-fact to act in its name on its behalf or in the name of the
applicable IP Affiliate of Seller and on such IP Affiliates behalf with respect thereto.
(b) The Parties acknowledge that the assets of the Indian Subsidiary will not be transferred
until debonding takes place in connection with STPI and three (3) new leases in replacement of the
Indian Subsidiary Leases are fully executed and delivered by and between the landlord(s) under the
Indian Subsidiary Leases and the India Entity (in respect of the Indian Subsidiarys current
premises) (such period being known as the Transition Period). During the Transition
Period, the Indian Subsidiary shall continue to operate such assets for the benefit of the India
Entity as described in clause (a) above and use its commercially reasonable efforts (at its sole
cost) to obtain at the earliest practicable date satisfaction of such conditions. During the
Transition Period the Indian Subsidiary shall (i) operate its business in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice, (ii) provide reasonable access and inspection rights to the
employees, assets and premises of the Indian Subsidiary, (iii) maintain existing insurance policies
in full force and effect and for the benefit of the India Entity, (iv) refrain from placing liens
on any assets of the Indian Subsidiary, (v) not terminate any of its employees, (vi) continue to
provide the same level of salary and benefits to its existing employees, and (vii) take
instructions on the operations of the assets from the India Entity. The India Entity agrees to pay
the reasonable costs of operating such assets on behalf of the India Entity, including employee and
lease costs, during the Transition Period based on actual costs incurred by the Indian Subsidiary
with no added mark-up. The Indian Subsidiary and the India Entity shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to make the Transition Period as brief as reasonably practicable. After the
Transition Period, the India Entity shall provide reasonable access to its management employees and
books and records in order to facilitate the winding down of the affairs of the Indian Subsidiary.
Section 2.14 Seller Defense of Claims. To the extent related to third party claims for indemnification or in defense of claims made by
third parties with respect to an Excluded Liability, from the Closing Date until the applicable
statute of limitations, Seller shall have the right to assert in its defense (a) any rights it held
under the Transferred Assets or the Sale Business prior to the close of business on the Closing Date for
alleged infringements of third parties (other than the Purchasers or their Affiliates) and (b) all
warranties and guaranties received from vendors, suppliers or manufacturers prior to the close of
business on the Closing Date with respect to the Sale Business.
Section 2.15 Purchaser Post Closing Liabilities.
(a) Subject to consummation of the Closing, Purchaser 1 shall bear the burden of and be
responsible for all Liabilities, including without limitation Taxes, imposed under or pursuant to
Purchaser 1s ownership, use or operation of the P1 Transferred Assets to the extent such
Liabilities solely arise out of the ownership, use or operation by Purchaser 1 of such P1
Transferred Assets for any period (including any portion thereof) commencing after the Closing.
26
(b) Subject to consummation of the Closing, Purchaser 2 shall bear the burden of and be
responsible for all Liabilities, including without limitation Taxes, imposed under or pursuant to
Purchaser 2s ownership, use or operation of the P2 Transferred Assets to the extent such
Liabilities solely arise out of the ownership, use or operation by Purchaser 2 of such P2
Transferred Assets for any period (including any portion thereof) commencing after the Closing.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
Subject to Section 9.4, except as specifically set forth in the Seller Disclosure
Schedule referring by numbered section (and, where applicable, by lettered subsection), Seller
represents and warrants to Purchaser that:
Section 3.1 Corporate Existence and Power.
(a) Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under
Delaware Law and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its
properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.
Seller is duly qualified or authorized to do business and is in good standing under the laws of
each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property and each other jurisdiction in which the
conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties requires such qualification or
authorization, except for those jurisdictions where failure to be so qualified would not reasonably
be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect. Seller has delivered to each Purchaser true,
complete and correct copies of its certificate of incorporation and by-laws and comparable
organizational documents of any Subsidiary engaged in the Sale Business as in effect on the date
hereof. Seller has heretofore made available to each Purchaser complete and correct copies of the
minutes of all meetings of the Seller Board and each committee of the Seller Board held since January 1, 2006 up through January 15, 2009, subject to redaction of
confidential prior discussions relating to (i) the sale of the Sale Business or other assets of
Seller,(ii) negotiations with parties to this Agreement and their respective Affiliates or (iii)
any threatened lawsuits between Purchaser 2 and Seller.
(b) The Indian Subsidiary is a company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of India and has all requisite company power and authority to own, lease and operate
its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be
conducted. The Indian Subsidiary is duly qualified or authorized to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it owns or
leases real property and each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the
ownership of its properties requires such qualification or authorization, except for those
jurisdictions where failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Seller
Material Adverse
27
Effect. Seller has delivered to each Purchaser true, complete and correct copies
of the Indian Subsidiarys memorandum and articles of association.
Section 3.2 Corporate Authorization. Each of Seller and the Indian Subsidiary has all requisite power, authority and legal capacity
to execute and deliver this Agreement and Seller and each of its Subsidiaries, respectively, has
all requisite power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver each other agreement,
document, or instrument or certificate contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by Seller
or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the
Seller Documents), and to perform their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder
and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and each of the Seller Documents and, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate
action on the part of Seller and each of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement and each of the Seller
Documents have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller and each of its Subsidiaries
which is a party thereto and this Agreement constitutes, and each of the Seller Documents when so
executed and delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller enforceable
against Seller or, as the case may be, each applicable Subsidiary in accordance with their terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other
similar Applicable Law affecting creditors rights generally and by general principles of equity.
Section 3.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller and the Indian Subsidiary of this Agreement
and by Seller and its Subsidiaries of the Seller Documents, the compliance by Seller and any
Subsidiary with any of the provisions hereof and thereof, or the consummation by Seller and the
Indian Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require any material
Governmental Authorization or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority, other
than (a) compliance with any applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and any other
applicable U.S. state or federal securities laws and (b) as set forth on Schedule 3.3 of
the Seller Disclosure Schedule.
Section 3.4 Non-contravention. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the execution,
delivery and performance by Seller and the Indian Subsidiary of this Agreement or by Seller and its
Subsidiaries of the Seller Documents, the compliance by Seller or any Subsidiary with any
provisions hereof and thereof, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby do not and will not (a) contravene, conflict with or result in any violation or breach of
any provision of the Seller Certificate of Incorporation or the Seller Bylaws or comparable
organizational documents of any Subsidiary engaged in the Sale Business as in effect on the date
hereof, (b) assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.3, contravene,
conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any material provision of any Applicable Law or
Order, (c) require any consent or other action by any Person under, constitute a default, or an
event that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under, or
cause or permit the termination, cancellation, acceleration or other change of any right or
obligation or the loss of any benefit under, any provision of any Material Contract or Government
Authorization binding upon Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or relating in any way to the Sale
Business or the Transferred Assets, (d) require any consent or other action by any Person under,
constitute a default, or an event that,
28
with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a default under, or cause or permit the termination, cancellation, acceleration or other
change of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit under, any provision of any Order
binding upon Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or relating in any way to the Sale Business or the
Transferred Assets, or (e) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than a Permitted
Lien) on any of the Transferred Assets.
Section 3.5 SEC Filings and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
(a) Seller has made available to each Purchaser, through Sellers filings with the SEC, all of
its reports, statements, schedules, registration statements and other documents required to be
filed or furnished by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC since March 31, 2005 (the
documents referred to in this Section 3.5(a), together with all information incorporated by
reference therein in accordance with applicable SEC regulations, are collectively referred to in
this Agreement as the Seller SEC Documents).
(b) As of its filing date (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date hereof,
on the date of such filing), each Seller SEC Document complied as to form in all material respects
with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, as the case may be.
(c) As of its filing date (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date hereof,
on the date of such filing), each Seller SEC Document filed pursuant to the 1934 Act did not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in
order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.
(d) Seller has made available to each Purchaser copies of all comment letters received by
Seller from the SEC since January 1, 2005 relating to the Seller SEC Documents, together with all
written responses of Seller thereto. As of the date hereof, there are no outstanding or unresolved
comments in any such comment letters received by Seller from the SEC.
(e) Each required form, report and document containing financial statements that has been
filed with or submitted to the SEC by Seller since July 31, 2002 was accompanied by the
certifications required to be filed or submitted by Sellers chief executive officer, acting chief
executive officer and/or chief financial officer, as required, pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and, at the time of filing or submission of each such certification, such
certification was true and accurate and complied with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Section 3.6 Financial Statements; Internal Controls.
(a) Seller has made available to each Purchaser copies of:
(i) the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited consolidated interim
financial statements of Seller included in the Seller SEC Documents and such statements are
complete and correct in all material respects, have been prepared
29
in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and fairly present (except as may be indicated
in the notes thereto) the consolidated financial position of Seller and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the
dates thereof and their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the periods
then ended (except with respect to the unaudited interim financial statements for normal
recurring year-end adjustments that, individually or in the aggregate, would not be
material);
(ii) the Seller Financial Statements and the Indian Subsidiary Financial Statements and
such statements are complete and correct in all material respects, have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied (or with respect to the Indian Subsidiary for the
audited balance sheet and statement of income of the Indian Subsidiary and the footnotes
thereto for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008, in accordance with India statutory audit
requirements and generally accepted accounting principles in India), and fairly present
(except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) the consolidated financial position of the
Sale Business as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations for the
periods then ended (except with respect to the unaudited interim financial statements for
normal recurring year-end adjustments that, individually or in the aggregate, would not be
material);
(iii) the Seller Balance Sheet, which is complete and correct in all material respects,
has been prepared in good faith and fairly presents (except as may be indicated in the notes
thereto) the consolidated financial position of the Sale Business as of the date thereof;
and
(iv) the Seller Income Statement, which is complete and correct in all material
respects, has been prepared in good faith and fairly presents (except as may be indicated in
the notes thereto) the consolidated results of operation of the Sale Business for the period
then ended (with a good faith estimate and allocation of the costs and expenses of Seller
related to the Sale Business during such period).
(b) Seller and its Subsidiaries make and keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of their respective assets. The Sellers system of internal controls over
financial reporting is sufficient in all material respects to provide reasonable assurance (i) that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity
with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (ii) that receipts and expenditures are
executed in accordance with the authorization of management, (iii) that access to assets is
permitted only in accordance with managements general or specific authorization and (iv) regarding
prevention or timely detection of the unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the assets of
Seller or any Subsidiary that would materially affect Sellers financial statements. No
significant deficiency or material weakness was identified in managements assessment of internal
controls as of March 31, 2008 or in any such assessment conducted since March 31, 2008.
(c) The financial projections and business plan provided by Seller to each Purchaser prior to
the date hereof was reasonably prepared on a basis reflecting the
30
managements best estimates, assumptions and judgments, at the time provided to such Purchaser, as to the future financial
performance of the Sale Business.
(d) Sellers disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)
under the 1934 Act) are reasonably designed to ensure that (i) all information (both financial and
non-financial) required to be disclosed by Seller in the reports that it files or submits under the
1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported to the individuals responsible for
preparing such reports within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and
(ii) all such information is accumulated and communicated to Sellers management as appropriate to
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and to make the certifications of the
principal executive officer and principal financial officer of Seller required under the 1934 Act
with respect to such reports.
(e) The audit committee of the Seller Board includes an Audit Committee Financial Expert, as
defined by Item 401(h)(2) of Regulation S-K.
(f) The Seller has adopted a code of ethics, as defined by Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, for
senior financial officers, applicable to its principal financial officer, comptroller or principal
accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions. The Seller has promptly disclosed any
change in or waiver of Sellers code of ethics with respect to any such persons, as required by
Section 406(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. To the Knowledge of Seller, there have been no
violations of provisions of Sellers code of ethics by any such persons.
Section 3.7 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in Schedule 3.7 of
the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since the Balance Sheet Date through the date hereof, (a) the Sale
Business has been conducted in the Ordinary Course of Business and (b) there has not been any
event, change, development or set of circumstances that, individually or in the aggregate, has had
or would reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, since the Balance Sheet Date through the date hereof:
(i) there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by
insurance, condemnation or other taking with respect to the Transferred Assets;
(ii) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has awarded or paid any bonuses to any of the
Business Employees with respect to the current fiscal year, except to the extent accrued on
the Seller Balance Sheet or entered into any employment, deferred compensation, severance or
similar agreement (nor amended any such agreement) or agreed to increase the compensation
payable or to become payable by it to any of the Business Employees or agreed to increase
the coverage or benefits available under any severance pay, termination pay, vacation pay,
company awards, salary continuation for disability, sick leave, deferred compensation, bonus
or other incentive compensation, insurance, pension or other employee benefit plan, payment
or arrangement made to, for or with any of the Business Employees;
31
(iii) other than as required by Applicable Law, GAAP or SEC requirements, there has not
been any change by Seller or any Subsidiary in accounting or Tax reporting principles,
methods or policies;
(iv) neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has made, changed or revoked any Tax
election or settled any controversy with a Taxing Authority if such election or settlement
could have an adverse effect on any Purchaser, the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets
after the Closing;
(v) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has failed to promptly pay and discharge current
liabilities except for liabilities not material in amount that are disputed in good faith by
appropriate proceedings;
(vi) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any Lien,
or acquired or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of any
assets of Seller or any Subsidiary used or held for use in the Sale Business, except for
assets acquired or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of in
the Ordinary Course of Business;
(vii) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has canceled or compromised any debt or claim
or amended, modified, canceled, terminated, relinquished, waived or released any Contract or
right except in the Ordinary Course of Business and which, in the aggregate, would not be
material to the Sale Business;
(viii) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has granted any exclusive license or exclusive
sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Sale Business Intellectual Property or
Sale Business Technology; and
(ix) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has agreed, committed, arranged or entered into
any understanding to do anything set forth in this Section 3.7.
Section 3.8 No Undisclosed Material Liabilities. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.8 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller
and nor any Subsidiary has any material Liabilities (whether or not required by GAAP to be set
forth on a consolidated balance sheet or the notes thereto, if any) relating to the Sale Business,
except for (a) those specifically reflected in, fully reserved against or otherwise described in
the Seller Balance Sheet or the notes thereto, if any, (b) Liabilities incurred since the Balance
Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of Business that are not material to the Sale Business and (c)
Liabilities incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
Section 3.9 Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.9 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no (a)
Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller,
32
threatened against Seller or any of its
Subsidiaries, (b) Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against any of the
officers or directors of Seller or any of the Business Employees in their capacity as a Business
Employee, (c) Proceeding otherwise involving or affecting the Sale Business or the Transferred
Assets, (d) Order involving or affecting the Sale Business or the Transferred Assets, or (e)
Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller or any of its
Subsidiaries that relates to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
Section 3.10 Compliance with Applicable Law and Orders.
(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller
and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws
and Orders applicable to the Transferred Assets and the operations of the Sale Business, and
neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has received a written or other notice of or been
charged with the violation of, or liability or default under, any Applicable Law or Order. To the
Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is under investigation with respect
to the violation of any Applicable Laws.
(b) Schedule 3.10(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all
Governmental Authorizations which are required for the operations of the Sale Business as presently
conducted and as presently intended to be conducted, other than those the failure of which to
possess is immaterial. Each of Seller and its Subsidiaries has in effect all Governmental
Authorizations required for it to own, lease or otherwise hold and to operate the Transferred
Assets and to carry on the Sale Business as now conducted and as now intended to be conducted,
other than those the failure of which to possess is immaterial. There have occurred no defaults (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, violations of,
or events giving rise to any right of termination, amendment or cancellation of any such
Governmental Authorizations, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no facts or circumstances
which could form the basis for any such default or violation. There are no Proceedings pending or,
to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, relating to the termination, amendment or cancellation of
any such Governmental Authorizations. None of such Governmental Authorizations will be impaired or
in any way affected by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 3.11 Material Contracts. Seller has made available to each Purchaser accurate and complete copies of each of the Material
Contracts as of the date hereof (including exhibits, schedules, annexes and in each case, together
with all amendments thereto), all of which are listed on Schedule 3.11. Each of the
Material Contracts is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding agreement of Seller or
any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, of each other party
thereto, enforceable against Seller or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and, to the Knowledge
of Seller, against the other party or parties thereto, in each case, in accordance with its terms
except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other
similar Applicable Law affecting creditors rights generally and by general principles of equity.
Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary is in default under any Material Contract, nor, to the Knowledge
of Seller, is any other party to any Material Contract in material breach of or material default
thereunder, and no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both
would constitute a breach or default by
33
Seller, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of
Seller, no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would
constitute a material breach or material default of any other party thereunder. No party to any of
the Material Contracts has exercised any termination rights with respect thereto, and no such party
has given notice of any significant dispute with respect to any Material Contract. Schedule
3.11 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists all Contracts (each Contract listed in
Schedule 3.11 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, a Material Contract, and
collectively the Material Contracts) relating to the Sale Business to which Seller or any
of its Subsidiaries is a party and that are:
(a) material Contracts entered into by Seller or its Subsidiaries with respect to the
Transferred Assets;
(b) Contracts between Seller, any Subsidiary of Seller or an Affiliate of Seller;
(c) Contracts with any current or former officer or director, or current 5% or greater
stockholder of Seller other than at-will employment offer letters and standard employee
confidentiality and invention assignment agreements (the true, correct and complete forms of which
have been provided to Purchaser);
(d) Contracts under which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any currently
outstanding Indebtedness or currently outstanding loans to any other Person in excess of $20,000;
(e) Contracts providing for severance, retention, change in control or other similar payments
that relate to the Business Employees;
(f) Contracts establishing any joint venture, partnership, strategic alliance, sharing of
profits or other material collaboration;
(g) Contracts that limit, or purport to limit, the ability of Seller or any of its
Subsidiaries to, compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or
during any period of time or that require Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to deal exclusively
with a given Person in respect of a given matter;
(h) Contracts for the sale of any Transferred Asset or the grant of any preferential rights to
purchase any Transferred Asset or requiring the consent of any party to the transfer thereof;
(i) Contracts related to an acquisition or sale of assets or other acquisition, divestiture,
merger or similar transaction, in each case, involving consideration in excess of $100,000 and
containing representations, covenants, indemnities or other obligations that are still in effect;
(j) Contracts relating to the incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Liability or imposing
a Lien other than Permitted Liens on any of the Transferred Assets, including indentures,
guarantees, loan or credit agreements, sale and leaseback agreements,
34
purchase money obligations
incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, mortgages, pledge agreements, security
agreements, or conditional sale or title retention agreements;
(k) Contracts (or any group of related contracts) resulting in revenues or receipts to Seller
and the Subsidiaries in excess of $100,000 annually or in the aggregate;
(l) Contracts (or any group of related contracts) resulting in expenditures or payment
obligations of more than $100,000 annually or in the aggregate;
(m) Intellectual Property Licenses or any other Contracts relating to any Intellectual
Property Rights or Technology (excluding licenses pertaining to off-the-shelf commercially
available Software used pursuant to shrink-wrap, click-through or similar non-exclusive, license
agreements on commercially reasonable terms for a license fee of no more than $20,000
(Off-the-Shelf Software Licenses);
(n) Contracts (i) with material suppliers, distributors or sales representatives, or (ii)
providing for the manufacture of Seller Products;
(o) material Contracts with independent contractors or consultants (or similar arrangements)
that are not cancelable without penalty or further payment and without more than 30 days notice;
and
(p) other Contracts in effect as of the date of this Agreement to which Seller or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party and that are material to the conduct of the Sale Business, or the use or operation of the Transferred Assets, as presently conducted or as
presently intended to be conducted.
Section 3.12 Taxes
(a) All material Tax Returns relating to the Transferred Assets that are required by
Applicable Law to be filed with any Taxing Authority by, or on behalf of, Seller or any of its
Affiliates have been timely filed in respect of any taxable period commencing on or after January
1, 2006 (taking into account any extensions) and all such Tax Returns as they relate to the
Transferred Assets are true and complete in all material respects.
(b) Each of Seller and its Affiliates has paid (or has had paid on its behalf) or has withheld
and remitted to the appropriate Taxing Authority all material Taxes relating to the Transferred
Assets in respect of any taxable period commencing on or after January 1, 2006.
(c) None of the Transferred Assets are subject to any Liens in respect of Taxes other than
Permitted Liens.
(d) None of the Transferred Assets are the subject of any material Tax audit being conducted
by a Taxing Authority and no material deficiencies related to the Transferred Assets have been
previously asserted that remain unresolved.
35
(e) No material claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction in which Seller or
any Affiliate does not currently file a Tax Return with respect to the Transferred Assets such that
Seller or such Affiliate is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction that has not been
previously resolved.
(f) Tax means (i) any tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of
any kind whatsoever (including withholding on amounts paid to or by any Person), together with any
interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority (a
Taxing Authority) responsible for the imposition of any such tax, and (ii) any liability
in respect of any items described in clause (i) payable by reason of Treasury Regulation Section
1.1502-6(a), (or any similar state or local provision under the law). Tax Return means
any report, return, document, declaration or other information or filing required to be filed with
any Taxing Authority with respect to Taxes, including information returns.
Section 3.13 Employee Benefit Plans.
(a) A complete list of all U.S. Employee Benefit Plans and Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plans
that provide benefit coverage to Business Employees or Indian Subsidiary Employees is contained in
Schedule 3.13(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule. Seller has made available to each
Purchaser a copy (or, with respect to any unwritten arrangement, a description) of each material U.S. Employee Benefit Plan and Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plan
that provides benefit coverage to Business Employees or Indian Subsidiary Employees, the latest
summary plan description and the most recent IRS determination letter, if applicable (each of which
is listed on Schedule 3.13(a)).
(b) Each U.S. Employee Benefit Plan and Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plan listed in Schedule
3.13(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is and has been maintained in material compliance
with its terms and the provisions of all Applicable Laws, including ERISA, the Code, the Gratuity
Act and the Provident Funds Act. Within the six (6) years preceding the date hereof, none of
Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever sponsored, maintained or been obligated to contribute to an
employee pension benefit plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or the minimum funding requirements of
Section 412 of the Code. None of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has maintained or incurred any
liability with respect to any multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA).
(c) Except as required by Applicable Law, there are no U.S. Employee Benefit Plans or Non-U.S.
Employee Benefit Plans as to which any Purchaser or any of Purchasers Affiliates will be required
to make any contributions or with respect to which any Purchaser or any of such Purchasers
Affiliates shall have any obligation or liability whatsoever.
(d) Solely with respect to Business Employees, Indian Subsidiary Employees and independent
contractors or groups of employees or independent contractors of the Sale Business (the Sale
Business Service Providers), and except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(d) of the Seller
Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in combination with any other event) (i) will
result in any payment becoming due, increase the amount of any
36
payment, or accelerate the timing,
funding or vesting of any payment to any of the Sale Business Service Providers or (ii) is
reasonably expected to result in the imposition of any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code or
the denial of any deduction under Section 280G of the Code.
Section 3.14 Labor and Employment Matters. Schedule 3.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a complete list of all Business
Employees, including a specific identification of the entity that employs them, listing the title
or position held, work location, base salary, any commissions or other compensation payable to such
employees (including accrued vacation time) and leave status (if applicable). Except as set forth
on Schedule 3.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller nor any of its
Subsidiaries is a party to or obligated under any employment, or consulting or other arrangement
entered into or maintained for the benefit of its current or former employees, temporary or leased
workers or independent contractors related to the Sale Business. Seller has made available to each
Purchaser a true and correct copy of each employment related agreement of the Business Employees
listed on Schedule 3.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule. Each Business Employee,
independent contractor and temporary or leased worker has been properly classified for employment
tax and employee benefit plan purposes. Seller and each of its IP Affiliates is and has been in
material compliance with all Applicable Laws relating to employment, including all such Applicable
Laws relating to wages, hours, collective bargaining, discrimination, pay equity, employment
equity, civil rights, social insurance, retirement, pension, safety and health and
workers compensation (including workplace safety and insurance). The Indian Subsidiary has paid
(or has had paid on its behalf) or has withheld and remitted to the appropriate Governmental
Authority all amounts owed or owing under the Provident Funds Act and the Gratuity Act. The
aggregate amount of all outstanding loans owed by the Indian Subsidiary Employees to the Indian
Subsidiary and all compensation advances to the Indian Subsidiary Employees do not exceed $10,000.
No Business Employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or similar arrangement. No
labor union or other collective bargaining unit represents or claims to represent any of the
Business Employees. There are no union campaigns being conducted or, to Sellers Knowledge,
threatened with respect to Business Employees.
Section 3.15 Intellectual Property Rights and Technology.
(a) Schedule 3.15(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and
complete list of all Registered IP and material unregistered Marks included in the Sale Business
Intellectual Property. Schedule 3.15(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists (i) the
record owner of each such item of Registered IP, and, if different from the record owner, the
beneficial owner of such item of Registered IP, (ii) the jurisdiction in which each such item of
Registered IP has been issued or registered or in which any such application for issuance or
registration has been filed, as applicable, and (iii) the date and number of each such issuance,
registration or application, as applicable.
(b) Seller or one of its IP Affiliates is the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and
interest in and to all Registered IP free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).
Seller or one of its IP Affiliates (i) is the sole and exclusive owner of all Sale Business
Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology and all Seller Licensed Intellectual Property
and Technology (excluding Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology and Open Source included
in the Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology) free and clear of all
37
Liens (other
than Permitted Liens), and (ii) has valid and continuing rights (pursuant to written Inbound
Intellectual Property Licenses) to use and otherwise exploit all Third Party Intellectual Property
and Technology as the same is used and otherwise exploited by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates in
the Sale Business as presently conducted. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(b) of the
Seller Disclosure Schedule, the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Sale Business Technology,
together with the Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology and the Third Party
Intellectual Property and Technology licensed to Seller or any of its IP Affiliates under the
Inbound Intellectual Property Licenses, include all of the Intellectual Property Rights and
Technology necessary and sufficient to enable Seller and its IP Affiliates to conduct the Sale
Business in the manner in which the Sale Business is currently being conducted. The Sale
Business Intellectual Property and the Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology
are subsisting. The material Copyrights (excluding any applications for registration therefor) and
Trade Secrets included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property or the Seller Licensed
Intellectual Property and Technology owned by Seller or an IP Affiliate are valid and enforceable.
To the Knowledge of the Seller, all other Patents, Marks, Copyrights, Mask Works and Trade Secrets
included in the Sale Business Intellectual Property and Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and
Technology (excluding any applications for issuance or registration included in the Registered IP)
owned by Seller or an IP Affiliate are valid and enforceable.
(c) None of the following infringes, constitutes or results from an unauthorized use or
misappropriation of, or violates any Intellectual Property Rights, Technology or other proprietary
rights of any Person or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under Applicable Law: (i)
the Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual
Property and Technology that is owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates, (ii) the development,
manufacturing, licensing, marketing, importation, exportation, reproduction, modification,
adaptation, creation of any derivative works of, performance, display, offer for sale, sale, use or
other exploitation of any Seller Products, Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business
Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology that is owned by Seller or any
of its IP Affiliates with respect to and in connection with the Sale Business as presently
conducted, (iii) the present Sale Business practices, methods or operations employed by Seller or
any of its IP Affiliates or (iv) to the Knowledge of the Seller, the Third Party Intellectual
Property and Technology material to the Sale Business as presently conducted.
(d) To the Knowledge of Seller, no Person is infringing, misappropriating or violating, or
since May 1, 2002, has infringed, misappropriated or violated, any Third Party Intellectual
Property and Technology exclusively licensed to Seller or any of its IP Affiliates or any Sale
Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property
and Technology that is owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.15(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since May 1, 2002, no written claims
or, to the Knowledge of Seller, unwritten claims have been made against any Person by Seller or any
of its IP Affiliates alleging that any Person is infringing, misappropriating or violating, or has
infringed, misappropriated or violated or any Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology
exclusively licensed to Seller or any of its IP Affiliates or any Sale Business Intellectual
Property or Sale Business Technology.
38
(e) As of the date hereof, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is the subject of any
pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened claim or Proceeding (i) involving an allegation
by any Person of infringement, misappropriation or violation of any Intellectual Property Rights,
Technology or other rights against Seller or any of its IP Affiliates in connection with the Sale
Business or (ii) challenging the ownership, use, validity or enforceability of any Sale Business
Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology, Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and
Technology or Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology. Since May 1, 2002, neither Seller
nor any of its IP Affiliates has received written (including by electronic mail) notice of any such
threatened claim or any written invitation to take a license to any Intellectual Property Rights or
Technology of any Person in connection with the Sale Business. To the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is
aware of any basis for any such claim.
(f) No Trade Secret or confidential Mask Work included in the Sale Business Intellectual
Property has been authorized to be disclosed or has been actually disclosed by Seller or any of its
IP Affiliates to any employee or any other Person other than pursuant to a written non-disclosure
agreement, license agreement or other similar agreement restricting the disclosure and use thereof.
Seller and its IP Affiliates have taken commercially reasonable security measures to protect the
confidentiality of all Trade Secrets and confidential Mask Works owned by Seller and its IP
Affiliates (and any confidential information owned by a third Person to whom Seller or any of its IP Affiliates has a confidentiality obligation). Each current
and former employee, consultant and independent contractor of Seller and/or any of its IP
Affiliates that has been or is engaged in the creation or development of any of the Sale Business
Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or Seller Products has entered into a written
non-disclosure and invention assignment agreement with Seller and/or such IP Affiliate, as
applicable, in a form made available to each Purchaser prior to the date hereof, copies of which
are attached hereto as Schedule 3.15(f). To the Knowledge of Seller, no employee,
consultant or independent contractor of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates is in material violation
of any employment Contract with Seller or any other Contract with Seller, or any restrictive
covenant, with respect to the right to use Trade Secrets of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates used
in the Sale Business. As of six (6) months until the date hereof, no employee, consultant or
independent contractor of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates is in material violation of any
employment Contract with Seller or any other Contract with Seller, or any restrictive covenant,
with respect to the right to use the material Trade Secrets in the ZBase Database of Seller or any
of its IP Affiliates used in the Sale Business.
(g) Except for Inbound Intellectual Property Licenses and Open Source, all Sale Business
Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology, Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and
Technology owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates that is necessary to the conduct of the Sale
Business as presently conducted by Seller and such IP Affiliate was (i) created by employees of
Seller or one of its IP Affiliates acting within the scope of their employment who have irrevocably
assigned all of their rights, including Intellectual Property Rights therein, to Seller or one of
its IP Affiliates, subject to any rights that may be reserved to the author by Applicable Law, or
(ii) validly and irrevocably assigned to Seller or one of its IP Affiliates by other Persons, and
except as set forth in Schedule 3.15(g) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and subject to
any rights that may be reserved to the author by Applicable Law, no
39
other Person (except IP
Affiliates) owns or has any rights to any portion of such Intellectual Property Rights (other than
Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses).
(h) Schedule 3.15(h) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and
accurate list of (i) all Software developed by or for Seller or any of its IP Affiliates and
included in the Sale Business Technology (Seller Software) and (ii) all Software not
owned by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates and incorporated, embedded or bundled with any Seller
Software (excluding such Software licensed to Seller under an Off-the-Shelf Software License),
specifying whether such Software falls under subclause (i) or subclause (ii) above.
(i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(i) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither
Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates has licensed or provided to any other Person, or otherwise
permitted any other Person to access or use, any source code or source code documentation for any
Seller Software. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(i) of the Seller Disclosure
Schedule, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is currently a party to any source code
escrow Contract or any other Contract (or a party to any Contract obligating Seller or any of its
IP Affiliates to enter into a source code escrow Contract or other Contract) requiring the deposit
of source code or source code documentation for any Seller Software with any other Person.
(j) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(j) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no Open
Source (as defined below) (i) forms part of any Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business
Technology or Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology, (ii) was or is incorporated in
whole or in part in, or has been or is distributed in whole or in part in conjunction with, any
Seller Software or Seller Product or (iii) was or is used in connection with the development of any
Seller Software, Seller Product, Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or
Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology, in the case of each of the foregoing
subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in a manner that requires or obligates Seller or any of its IP
Affiliates to make available, disclose, contribute, distribute or license any source code for any
Seller Software, Seller Product, Sale Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology or
Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology (or any portion thereof) to any Person
(including the Open Source community). To the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its
IP Affiliates is in breach of any of the material terms of any Open Source Contract. Open
Source means any Software that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part)
from, any Software that is distributed as free Software, open source Software or shareware or
under similar licensing or distribution models, including Software licensed or distributed under
any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to
any of the following: GNUs General Public License or Lesser/Library GPL, the Artistic License, the
Mozilla Public License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License, the Sun
Industry Standards License, the BSD License, the Apache License, the QT Free Edition License, the
IBM Public License, BitKeeper, the XML Soap Library, MIT/X or the Thai Open License.
(k) Except with respect to Off-the-Shelf Software Licenses and except pursuant to the
Intellectual Property Licenses listed in Schedule 3.11(m) of the Seller Disclosure
Schedule, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates is required, obligated or under any liability
whatsoever to make any payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise, or to provide any other
40
consideration of any kind, to any owner or licensor of, or other claimant to, any Intellectual
Property Rights or Technology, or any other Person, with respect to the use of such Intellectual
Property Rights or Technology or in connection with the conduct of the Sale Business as presently
conducted.
(l) All necessary registration, maintenance, renewal and other relevant filing fees in
connection with the Registered IP have been timely paid, and all necessary documents, certificates
and other relevant filings in connection with the Registered IP have been timely filed, with the
relevant Governmental Authorities and Internet domain name registrars in the United States or
foreign or international jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purpose of maintaining such
Registered IP and all issuances, registrations and applications therefor. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.15(l) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there are no annuities, payments, fees,
responses to office actions or other filings required to be made and having a due date with respect
to any Registered IP within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of this Agreement. No
registration obtained by Seller or any of its IP Affiliates for any Intellectual Property Rights
related to the Sale Business has been cancelled, abandoned or not renewed except where Seller or
its relevant IP Affiliate has, in its reasonable business judgment, decided to cancel, abandon or
not renew such registration.
(m) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(m) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and
except with respect to Sellers obligations arising under any Standard Outbound Intellectual
Property Licenses, neither Seller nor any of its IP Affiliates has entered into any Contract to
indemnify any other Person against any claim that any of the Sale Business Intellectual Property,
Sale Business Technology or Seller Products infringes, constitutes or results from an unauthorized
use or misappropriation of, or violates any Intellectual Property Rights, Technology or other
proprietary rights of any other Person.
(n) No government funding and no facilities of a university, college, other educational
institution or research center were used in the development of any Sale Business Intellectual
Property or Sale Business Technology or any Seller Licensed Intellectual Property and Technology
licensed to Purchaser 1 or Purchaser 2 on an exclusive basis where, as a result of such funding or
the use of such facilities, the government or any university, college, other educational
institution or research center has any rights in such Intellectual Property Rights or Technology.
To the Knowledge of Seller, no current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of
Seller or any of its IP Affiliates who contributed to the creation or development of any Sale
Business Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology or any Seller Licensed Intellectual
Property and Technology licensed to Purchaser 1 or Purchaser 2 on an exclusive basis has performed
services for the government or a university, college, other educational institution or research
center during a period of time during which such employee, consultant or independent contractor was
also performing services for Seller or any of its IP Affiliates.
(o) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(o) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not encumber or extinguish, or result in
the loss or impairment of the right of any Purchaser, as applicable, to own or use, any Sale
Business Intellectual Property, Sale Business Technology, Seller Licensed
41
Intellectual Property and Technology or Third Party Intellectual Property and Technology (other than Off-the-Shelf Software
Licenses).
(p) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(p) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither
this Agreement nor any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will result in the grant by
Seller or any of its IP Affiliates (or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any Person) to any Person of
any ownership interest, license, Lien, right or protection from any Proceeding with respect to any
Sale Business Intellectual Property or Sale Business Technology or in any Purchaser being bound by
or subject to any non-compete or other restriction on the operation of the Sale Business, pursuant
to any Contract to which Seller or any of its IP Affiliates is a party or by which any assets or
properties of Seller or any of its IP Affiliates is bound.
(q) Schedule 1.1(b) contains a true and complete list of all current versions of
Seller Products.
(r) Each of Seller and its IP Affiliates has established privacy compliance policies and is in
compliance with, and has been in compliance with for the five (5) year period prior to the date
hereof, its respective privacy policies and any Applicable Laws relating to personal identifiable
information. A copy of each such privacy policy has been provided to Purchaser prior to the date
hereof.
(s) For the five (5) years preceding the date hereof, to the Knowledge of Seller, there has
been no unauthorized use or access to any IT Systems included in the Transferred Assets (or any
data or information stored thereon that is material to the Sale Business).
(t) No Affiliate of Seller, other than an IP Affiliate, has any rights in or to any P1
Transferred Assets or P2 Transferred Assets, other than pursuant to Standard Outbound Intellectual
Property Licenses. Neither Seller nor any IP Affiliate has entered into an Outbound Intellectual
Property License or other Contract with Philips Consumer Electronics International B.V.
(Philips) or any Affiliate thereof (collectively, the Philips Licenses)
authorizing Philips or any Affiliate of Philips to use the ZBASE Database (including any part,
portion or derivative thereof) on any microcontroller that is not proprietary to Seller or an IP
Affiliate; nor will the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement result in
an extension of the rights granted under the Philips Licenses to include use of the ZBASE Database
(including any part, portion or derivative thereof) on any other Third-Party microcontroller.
Section 3.16 Related Party Transactions. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 of the Seller
Disclosure Schedule, no Business Employee of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, (a) owes any amount
to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries nor does Seller or any of its Subsidiaries owe any amount to,
or has Seller or any of its Subsidiaries committed to make any loan or extend or guarantee credit
to or for the benefit of, any such Person except in the Ordinary Course of Business, (b) is
involved in any business arrangement or other relationship with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries
(whether written or oral) other than as appropriate in the capacity as a Business Employee or (c)
owns any property or right, tangible or intangible, that is used by Seller or any of its
Subsidiaries in the Sale Business.
42
Section 3.17 Finders Fees. No investment banker, broker or finder that has been retained by or is
authorized to act on behalf of Seller is entitled to any fee or commission from Seller in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby that is or will become an Assumed Liability or
will otherwise be payable by any Purchaser.
Section 3.18 Opinion of Financial Advisor. The Seller Board has received the opinion of Oppenheimer &
Co. Inc., financial advisor to Seller, to the effect that, subject to the assumptions,
qualifications and limitations set forth therein, as of the date of such opinion, the consideration
to be received by Seller pursuant to this Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to
Seller.
Section 3.19 Assets Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency.
(a) All Transferred Assets, including machinery and equipment, owned, leased or otherwise used
by Seller or its Subsidiaries are in good operating condition, maintenance and repair and are
suitable and adequate for the uses to which they are being put. Schedule 3.19(a) of the
Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth all leases of personal property involving annual payments in
excess of $20,000 used in the Sale Business. Seller has delivered to Purchaser true, correct and
complete copies of all such leases, together with all amendments, modifications or supplements
thereto. Each of such leases is in full force and effect and neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has
received or given any notice of any default or event that with notice or lapse of time, or both,
would constitute a default by Seller or any Subsidiary under any of such leases and, to the
Knowledge of Seller, no other party is in default thereof, and no party to such leases has
exercised any termination rights with respect thereto.
(b) Seller and its Subsidiaries have good, valid and marketable title to all of the
Transferred Assets, in each case free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens. Upon the
Closing, each Purchaser will have good and transferable title to its respective Transferred Assets,
free and clear of any Liens except Permitted Liens.
(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the
Transferred Assets, together with the services to be provided under the Transition Services
Agreement, comprise all of the assets necessary for the conduct of the Sale Business and are
sufficient for the Purchasers to conduct the Sale Business from and after the Closing Date.
Section 3.20 Inventories Transferred. The inventories of Seller and its Subsidiaries used or held for
use in the Sale Business are in good and marketable condition, and are saleable in the Ordinary
Course of Business. The inventories of Seller and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Seller Balance
Sheet were valued at the lower of cost (on a FIFO/LIFO basis) or market and were properly stated
therein in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. Adequate reserves have been reflected in the
Seller Balance Sheet for obsolete, excess, damaged, slow-moving or otherwise unusable inventory,
which reserves were calculated in a manner consistent with past practice and in accordance with
GAAP consistently applied. The inventories of Seller and its Subsidiaries constitute sufficient
quantities for the normal operation of business in accordance with past practice.
43
Section 3.21 Product Warranty. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.21 of the Seller Disclosure
Schedule, Seller Product sold or delivered by Seller or any of the Subsidiaries in conducting the
Sale Business has been in conformity with all product specifications and all express and implied
warranties and in material compliance with all Applicable Laws. Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary
has sold any products or delivered any services within the last two (2) years with respect to the
Sale Business that included a warranty for a period of longer than two (2) years. Set forth on
Schedule 3.21 is the approximate warranty expenses for Seller Products and the approximate
product returns from distributors during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008.
Section 3.22 Customers and Suppliers.
(a) Schedule 3.22(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of the ten
largest customers and the five largest suppliers of Seller and its Subsidiaries with respect to the
Sale Business, as measured by the dollar amount of purchases therefrom or thereby, during the
period between April 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008, showing the approximate total sales by Seller
and its Subsidiaries to each such customer and the approximate total purchases by Seller and its
Subsidiaries from each such supplier, during such period.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since
the Balance Sheet Date until the date hereof, (i) no customer or supplier listed on Schedule
3.22(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule has terminated its relationship with Seller or any of
its Subsidiaries or materially reduced or materially changed the pricing or other terms of its
business with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries and, (ii) to the Knowledge of Seller, no customer
or supplier listed on Schedule 3.22(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule has notified
Seller or its Subsidiaries that it intends to terminate or materially reduce or materially change
the pricing or other terms of its business with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section 3.23 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance. Neither Seller nor any Subsidiary nor, to
Sellers Knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or other authorized Person acting on
behalf of Seller or any Subsidiary, has (a) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act of 1977, as amended, (b) used any corporate or other funds for unlawful contributions,
payments, gifts, or entertainment, or made any unlawful expenditures relating to political activity
to foreign or domestic government officials, employees or others or established or maintained any
unlawful or unrecorded funds in violation of Section 30A of the 1934 Act, (c) accepted or received
any unlawful contributions, payments, gifts or expenditures, or (d) made, offered or authorized any
unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other similar unlawful payment.
Section 3.24 Import and Export Control Laws. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.24 of the Seller
Disclosure Schedule, Seller and its Subsidiaries have with respect to the Sale Business, at all
times as to which the applicable statute of limitations has not yet expired, conducted their import
and export transactions materially in accordance with (a) all applicable U.S. import, export and
re-export controls, including the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, and the Export
Administration Regulations and the economic sanctions regulations implemented by the Office of
Foreign Assets Control Regulations and (b) all other applicable
44
import/export controls in other countries in which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries conducts business. Without limiting the
foregoing with respect to the Sale Business:
(a) Seller and its Subsidiaries have obtained, and are in compliance with, all export
licenses, license exceptions and other consents, notices, approvals, orders, authorizations,
declarations, classifications and filings with any U.S. Governmental Authority required for (i) the
export and re-export of products, services and Technology and (ii) releases of Technology to
foreign nationals located in the United States and abroad (Export Approvals);
(b) there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened claims against Seller or
any of its Subsidiaries with respect to such Export Approvals;
(c) to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no actions, conditions or circumstances pertaining
to Sellers or any Subsidiarys import or export transactions that may give rise to any future
claims;
(d) no Export Approvals with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby are required;
(e) neither Seller, nor any Subsidiary is a party to any Contract or bid with, or has
conducted business with (directly or, to the Knowledge of Seller, indirectly), any Person located
in, or otherwise has any operations in Cuba, Myanmar (Burma), Iran, North Korea, Libya, Syria or
Sudan;
(f) Seller and its Subsidiaries have not received written notice from a Governmental Authority
claiming or alleging that Seller or any Subsidiary was not in compliance with any Applicable Laws
relating to the export of goods and services to any foreign jurisdiction against which the United
States or the United Nations maintains sanctions or export controls, including applicable
regulations of the United States Department of Commerce and the United States Department of State;
and
(g) neither Seller nor any Subsidiary has made any voluntary disclosures to, or has been
subject to any fines, penalties or sanctions from, any Governmental Authority regarding any past
import or export control violations.
Section 3.25 Insurance Policies. All insurance policies and fidelity bonds covering the Indian
Subsidiary or relating specifically to the Indian Subsidiary, its assets, business, operations or
employees (collectively, the Insurance Policies) or renewals thereof are in full force
and effect (a) for such amounts as are sufficient for all requirements of Applicable Law and all
agreements to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound and (b)
which are in such amounts, with such deductibles and against such risks and losses, as reasonable
for the Indian Subsidiary or its assets, business, operations or employees. Set forth in
Schedule 3.25 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is a list of all Insurance Policies held by
or applicable to the Indian Subsidiary setting forth, in respect of each such Insurance Policy, the
policy name, policy number, carrier, term, type and amount of coverage and annual premium. Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.25 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no claim by
Seller or any of its Subsidiaries pending under any of such Insurance Policies and no claim under
any such Insurance Policies by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries has
45
been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all
Insurance Policies have been paid when due, and Seller and its Subsidiaries are otherwise in
material compliance with the terms of such Insurance Policies. To the Knowledge of Seller, no
event has occurred which limits or impairs the rights of Seller or any of the Subsidiaries under
any such Insurance Policies. The Seller is not aware of any threatened termination of, or material
premium increase (other than with respect to customary annual premium increases) with respect to,
or material alteration of coverage under, any Insurance Policy.
Section 3.26 Real Property Interests.
(a) Schedule 3.26 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a true, correct and
complete list of all real property in which Indian Subsidiary has a leasehold interest (the
Indian Subsidiary Leased Real Property), together with a list of all lease agreements
(including all amendments, extensions, renewals, guaranties and other agreements with respect
thereto) for each Indian Subsidiary Leased Real Property (each a Indian Subsidiary
Lease). Each Indian Subsidiary Lease is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force
and effect and represents the entire agreement between the landlord and Seller with respect to such
property. Neither Seller nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party to such lease is in
breach of or default under the Seller Lease, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred
that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a violation under the Seller Lease.
The Transferred Assets include no other real property interest of any kind.
(b) With respect to the Indian Subsidiary Leased Property, (i) the rent and all other sums
payable under each Indian Subsidiary Lease have been paid to date, (ii) no security deposit or
portion thereof deposited with respect to such Indian Subsidiary Lease has been applied in respect
of a breach or default under such Indian Subsidiary Lease which has not been redeposited in full,
(iii) all covenants and conditions contained in such Indian Subsidiary Lease or in any license,
consent or other document entered into supplemental to such Indian Subsidiary Lease, on the part of
the tenant and the landlord have been observed and performed to date and (iv) no breaches have been
waived or acquiesced in and there are no rent reviews outstanding or exercisable by the lessor from
a date prior to the Closing Date.
(c) There are no contracts, written or oral, to which Indian Subsidiary is a party, granting
to any party or parties the right of use or occupancy of any portion of the parcels of the Indian
Subsidiary Real Property.
(d) The Indian Subsidiary has not assigned, subleased, mortgaged, deeded in trust or otherwise
transferred or encumbered any Indian Subsidiary Leased Property or any interest therein and there
are no parties (other than Indian Subsidiary) in possession of the Indian Subsidiary Leased
Property..
(e) There are no outstanding disputes, claims, actions, demands or complaints in respect of
any Indian Subsidiary Leased Property.
(f) Neither the Indian Subsidiary nor any other party to any Indian Subsidiary Lease is in
breach or default under such Indian Subsidiary Lease and there are no
46
existing facts or conditions, which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both are reasonably likely to give rise to
any such breach or default, or any claim against Indian Subsidiary or any other party to any Indian
Subsidiary Lease other than the consent of the landlord of any Subsidiary Lease required in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
(g) No event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with the delivery of notice, passage
of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under any Indian Subsidiary Lease by Indian
Subsidiary or any other party to any Indian Subsidiary Lease, or permit the termination,
modification or acceleration of rent under such Indian Subsidiary Lease other than the consent of
the landlord of any Subsidiary Lease required in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby.
(h) There are no forbearance programs in effect with respect to any Indian Subsidiary Lease.
(i) All of the improvements situated in whole or in part on any Indian Subsidiary Leased
Property are in operating condition, and a state of maintenance and repair consistent with industry
standards, and are usable, adequate and sufficient for the uses to which they are put in the
business and operations of Indian Subsidiary, normal wear and tear excepted.
Section 3.27 Retained Business. Seller has no current intent to sell, transfer or dispose of any
material portion of the Excluded Assets after the Closing Date.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS
Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to Seller, on its own
behalf only (except that Purchaser 2 Parent also represents and warrants on behalf of Purchaser 2),
that:
Section 4.1 Corporate Existence and Power. Such Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under Delaware Law and has all requisite corporate power and
authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted
and as currently proposed to be conducted.
Section 4.2 Corporate Authorization. Such Purchaser has all requisite power, authority and legal
capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other agreement, document, or instrument or
certificate contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by such Purchaser in connection with
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the Purchasers Documents), to perform
its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the Purchaser
Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly
authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of such Purchaser. This Agreement has
been, and each of the Purchaser Documents will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly
executed and delivered by such Purchaser and this
47
Agreement constitutes, and each of the Purchaser Documents when so executed and delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of
such Purchaser enforceable against such Purchaser in accordance with their terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other similar Applicable
Law affecting creditors rights generally and by general principles of equity.
Section 4.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by such Purchaser of
this Agreement or the Purchaser Documents, the compliance by such Purchaser with any of the
provisions hereof and thereof, or the consummation by such Purchaser of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby do not require any material Governmental Authorization or filing
with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority, other than compliance with any applicable
requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and any other U.S. state or federal securities laws.
Section 4.4 Non-contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by such Purchaser of this
Agreement or the Purchaser Documents, the compliance by such Purchaser with any provisions hereof
and thereof, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby do not and will
not (a) contravene, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of any provision of the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws of such Purchaser, (b) assuming compliance with the matters
referred to in Section 4.3, contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of
any material provision of any Applicable Law or Order, or (c) require any consent or other action
by any Person under, constitute a default under, or cause or permit the termination, cancellation,
acceleration or other change of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit to which such
Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled under, any provision of any agreement or other
instrument binding upon such Purchaser, with such exceptions, in the case of each of clauses (b)
and (c) above, as would not reasonably be expected to prevent, materially delay or materially
impair such Purchasers ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 4.5 Litigation. There is no Proceeding pending against or, to the Knowledge of such Purchaser,
threatened against or affecting, such Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries that would, individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent, materially delay or materially impair such
Purchasers ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither such
Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Order against such Purchaser or any of its
Subsidiaries or naming such Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries as a party that would,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent, materially delay or materially
impair such Purchasers ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF SELLER AND PURCHASERS
Section 5.1 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Confidentiality.
48
(a) For a period from the date hereof until the fourth (4th) anniversary of the Closing Date,
Seller shall not and shall cause its Subsidiaries and successors (including successors of Seller or
any of its Subsidiaries or any assignee or purchaser of the Atlas Product Line or any material
portion thereof) not to engage in a Restricted Business; provided, however, that
the restrictions contained in this Section 5.1(a) shall not restrict the acquisition by
Seller, directly or indirectly, of less than 2% of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly
traded company engaged in a Restricted Business. The parties hereto specifically acknowledge and
agree that the remedy at law for any breach of the foregoing will be inadequate and that each
Purchaser, in addition to any other relief available to it, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief
without the necessity of proving actual damage or posting any bond whatsoever.
(b) For a period from the date hereof to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing Date,
Seller shall not and shall cause its Subsidiaries and, with respect to clause (i) below, successors
(including successors of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of any Qualifying Assets retained by
Seller and its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date) and their respective employees not to: (i)
cause, solicit, induce or encourage any Transferred Employees to leave employment with the Sale
Business (other than through general advertising or other general solicitation not targeted to the
Transferred Employees) or hire, employ or otherwise engage any such individual; provided,
however, in respect of successors, those Transferred Employees in respect of whom the
restrictions set forth in this Section 5.1(b) apply shall be limited to those listed on
Schedule 5.1(b); or (ii) cause, induce or encourage any material actual client, customer,
supplier or licensor of the Sale Business (including any existing or former customer of Seller or
its Subsidiaries of the Sale Business) or any other Person who has a material business relationship
with the Sale Business, to terminate or modify any such actual relationship; provided,
however, the restrictions set forth in connection with clause (ii) shall apply to those
entities listed in Schedule 1.1(c) to the extent such entities are successors to assets, other than
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, of the Seller and its
Subsidiaries.
(c) For a period from the date hereof until the fourth (4th) anniversary of the Closing Date,
Seller shall not and shall cause its Subsidiaries, Affiliates and successors (including successors
of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of any businesses retained by Seller and its Subsidiaries
after the Closing Date) and their respective officers and directors in each case to whom such
information is disclosed not to, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate
to any Person other than authorized officers, directors and employees of such Purchaser or use or
otherwise exploit for its own benefit or for the benefit of anyone other than such Purchaser, any
Confidential Information (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Seller or any of
its Subsidiaries receives a request or is required (by deposition, oral questions, interrogatory,
request for documents, subpoena, governmental investigative demand or other legal or regulatory
process) to disclose all or any part of the Confidential Information, Seller shall (i) promptly
notify each Purchaser of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding such a request, (ii)
consult with each Purchaser on the advisability of taking legally available steps to resist or
narrow such request, and (iii) cooperate with such Purchasers efforts to seek a protective order
or other appropriate remedy. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or if such
Purchaser waives compliance with the provisions hereof in writing, Seller may disclose only that
portion of Confidential Information that it is advised by counsel is required, by Applicable Law,
to be disclosed, and shall cooperate with such Purchasers efforts
49
to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information. For purposes of this
Section 5.1(c), Confidential Information means any information with respect to
the Sale Business, including methods of operation, customers, customer lists, products, prices,
fees, costs, Technology, inventions, Trade Secrets, know-how, Software, marketing methods, plans,
personnel, suppliers, competitors, markets or other specialized information or proprietary matters.
Confidential Information does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect
to, information that (i) is generally available to the public on the date of this Agreement or (ii)
becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure not otherwise
permissible hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, Confidential Information shall not include the
filing of this Agreement and the related transaction documents or a summary thereof with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
(d) The covenants and undertakings contained in this Section 5.1 relate to matters
which are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and a violation of any of the terms of
this Section 5.1 will cause irreparable injury to such Purchaser, the amount of which will
be impossible to estimate or determine and which cannot be adequately compensated. Accordingly,
the remedy at law for any breach of this Section 5.1 will be inadequate. Therefore, such
Purchaser will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from any
court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach of this Section 5.1 without the
necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond whatsoever. The rights and remedies
provided by this Section 5.1 are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and
remedies which such Purchaser may have hereunder or at law or in equity.
(e) The parties hereto agree that, if any court of competent jurisdiction in a final
nonappealable judgment determines that a specified time period, a specified geographical area, a
specified business limitation or any other relevant feature of this Section 5.1 is
unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, then a lesser time period, geographical area, business limitation or other relevant feature which is
determined by such court to be reasonable, not arbitrary and not against public policy may be
enforced against the applicable party.
Section 5.2 Specific Performance for Necessary Assets. The representations and warranties contained in
Sections 3.19(b) and (c) relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary
character and a violation of any of the terms of Sections 3.19(b) and (c) will cause
irreparable injury to Purchasers, the amount of which may be impossible to estimate or determine
and which may not be adequately compensated. Accordingly, the remedy at law for any breach of
Sections 3.19(b) and (c) may be inadequate. Therefore, each Purchaser will be entitled to
an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction
in the event of any breach of this Sections 3.19(b) and (c) without the necessity of
proving actual damages or posting any bond whatsoever. The rights and remedies provided by this
Section 5.2 are cumulative, nonexclusive and in addition to any other rights and remedies
which such Purchaser may have hereunder or at law or in equity. At least ten (10) Business Days
prior to filing any such request for specific performance with any court Purchaser shall notify
Seller of such alleged breach and negotiate in good faith a transfer of the alleged necessary
asset.
Section 5.3 Excluded Returns and Warranties. Each Purchaser (as applicable) shall provide reasonable
notice to Seller of all returns of Seller Products from distributors prior
50
to the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date and all warranty claims, in each case on Seller Products shipped or
delivered on or before the Closing Date and shall provide Seller with a reasonable opportunity to
approve any such return or warranty claim which it shall be obligated to do absent a reasonable and
good faith dispute as to whether such return or warranty claim is permitted under the original
terms of sale; provided, however, that if Seller shall fail to respond within ten
(10) Business Days following the receipt of such notice from a Purchaser, Seller shall be deemed to
have approved of such return or claim.
Section 5.4 Seller Possession of Transferred Assets. For as long as any Transferred Assets remain in
the possession of Seller or its Subsidiaries, Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to,
hold the Transferred Assets in complete confidence and protect such Transferred Assets from harm or
damage, exercising at least the same degree of care used to protect and restrict disclosure and use
of the Sellers own confidential and proprietary information of a similar nature, but at least a
reasonable degree of care.
ARTICLE VI
EMPLOYEE COVENANTS
Section 6.1 Employee Matters. The parties hereto agree that:
(a) Offers of Employment. Purchaser 1 or one of its Subsidiaries shall offer
employment to all of the actively employed Business Employees listed on Schedule 6.1(a)(i)
hereto (the P1 Offered Employees) and Purchaser 2 or one of its Affiliates shall offer
employment to all of the actively employed Business Employees listed on Schedule 6.1(a)(ii)
hereto (the P2 Offered Employees and together with the P1 Offered Employees, the
Offered Employees), such employment offers to become effective on or after the Closing.
Each one of the Offered Employees who accepts any such offer and becomes an employee of such
Purchaser or Affiliate of such Purchaser on or after the Closing, shall, as of the first day he or
she commences employment with such Purchaser, be referred to as a Transferred Employee.
Purchaser 1 shall employ its Transferred Employees pursuant to the terms of the offer letters
Purchaser 1 delivered to such Transferred Employees and Purchaser 2 shall employ its Transferred
Employees pursuant to the terms of the offer letters Purchaser 2 delivered to such Transferred
Employees. Effective as of the Closing, or upon commencement of employment with the Indian Entity,
the Indian Entity shall provide each Indian Subsidiary Employee with the same compensation and
health and welfare benefits as such employees has as of the Closing, including without limitation,
full credit for the service of each Indian Subsidiary Employee to Seller as if such service had
been performed with the Indian Entity with respect to eligibility under such benefits.
(b) Certain Liabilities. All Liabilities relating to all current or former Business
Employees, including any Liabilities accrued under the U.S. Employee Benefit Plans, related to
periods of employment prior to commencement of employment with the applicable Purchaser and
including any severance costs with respect to termination of Business Employees in connection with the Closing shall
remain with and be paid by Seller and its Affiliates. All claims, allegations, obligations, debts
and liabilities relating to any Transferred Employees,
51
which are attributable solely and exclusively to their employment with such Purchaser on or after the Closing shall be the exclusive
responsibility of such Purchaser.
(c) No Obligation to Maintain Employees or Plans. The terms of this Section
6.1 shall not entitle any Business Employee to remain in the employment of such Purchaser or
its Affiliate or affect the right of such Purchaser or its Affiliate to terminate any Transferred
Employee at any time, or affect the right of such Purchaser or its Affiliate to establish, modify
or terminate any employee benefit plan or any benefit under any such plan at any time.
(d) COBRA. Except as set forth in the following sentence, Seller and its Subsidiaries
shall be exclusively responsible for complying with the Consolidated Omnibus Budge Reconciliation
Act of 1985 (COBRA) with respect to its employees (including the Transferred Employees)
and their qualified beneficiaries by reason of such employees termination of employment with
Seller or its Subsidiaries, and such Purchaser or its Affiliate shall not have any obligation or
Liability to provide rights under such act on account of any such termination of employment. The
applicable Purchaser shall be solely responsible for COBRA obligations to Transferred Employees and
their qualified beneficiaries, relating to qualifying events that occur after the Closing Date.
(e) Payroll Taxes. Seller shall transfer to the applicable Purchaser or its
Affiliate any records relating to withholding and payment of income, disability, unemployment,
FICA, and similar taxes (Payroll Taxes) with respect to wages paid by Seller during the
2009 calendar year to the applicable Transferred Employees. In accordance with the standard
procedure described in Section 4 of the Internal Revenue Service Procedure 2004-53 and comparable
state and local Payroll Tax laws, (i) the applicable Purchaser or its Affiliate and Seller shall
report on predecessor/successor basis as set forth therein, (ii) Seller will not be relieved from
filing a Form W-2 with respect to any Transferred Employees, and (iii) the applicable Purchaser or
its Affiliate will undertake to file (or cause to be filed) a Form W-2 for each such Transferred
Employee with respect to the portion of the year during which such Transferred Employees are
employed by such Purchaser that includes the Closing Date, excluding the portion of such year that
such Transferred Employee was employed by Seller.
(f) Records. Seller shall make available to each Purchaser or its Affiliate all
personnel records relating to its Transferred Employees to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.
(g) Transferred Employee Vacation and Bonus Payout. Except with respect to any
Indian Subsidiary Employee, on the Closing Date, or if later, the first day an Offered Employee
becomes a Transferred Employee, Seller shall terminate such Transferred Employee and as soon as
practicable following such date, but in any case in accordance with Applicable Law, shall pay to
such Transferred Employee (i) the aggregate amount of vacation properly accrued under the vacation
policy of Seller and (ii) the aggregate amount of bonuses accrued under any bonus policy of
Seller. With respect to the Indian Subsidiary Employees, the Indian Subsidiary shall seek the
resignation of each Indian Subsidiary Employee with the Indian Subsidiary effective as of the
Closing Date, or such later time as the Indian Subsidiary and the India Entity agree, but in no
case later than the end of the Transition Period. The
52
Indian Subsidiary shall pay each Indian Subsidiary Employee one months salary as an inducement of such employees resignation. To the
extent any Indian Subsidiary Employee does not so resign, the Indian Subsidiary shall terminate
such Indian Subsidiary Employees employment with the Indian Subsidiary. As soon as practicable
following the effective date of such resignation or termination (as applicable), the Indian
Subsidiary shall pay to such employee all amounts due to such employee pursuant to Applicable Law.
ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS OF PURCHASERS AND SELLER
The parties hereto agree that:
Section 7.1 Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller and each
Purchaser shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all
actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under Applicable
Law to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (a) preparing and
filing as promptly as practicable with any Governmental Authority or other Third Party all
documentation to effect all necessary filings, notices, petitions, statements, registrations,
submissions of information, applications and other documents and (b) obtaining and maintaining all
approvals, consents, registrations, permits, authorizations and other confirmations required to be
obtained from any Governmental Authority or other Third Party that are necessary, proper or
advisable to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Purchaser and Seller
shall (i) promptly notify each other party hereto of any written or oral communication to that
party or its Affiliates from any Governmental Authority and, subject to Applicable Law, permit each
other party to review in advance any proposed written communication to any Governmental Authority,
in each case concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) not agree to
participate, or to permit its Affiliates to participate, in any substantive meeting or discussion
with any Governmental Authority in respect of any filings, investigation or inquiry concerning this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby unless it consults with each other party in
advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority and consistent with the
reasonably determined confidentiality obligations of each party, gives each other party the
opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting, provided, that if the
Governmental Authority does not permit such participation by the other parties, or if all parties
agree that such joint participation would not be advisable, each party shall allow outside counsel
for the other parties to attend and participate to the extent permitted by the Governmental
Authority and (iii) furnish each other party with copies of all correspondence, filings, and
communications (and memoranda setting forth the substance thereof) between them and their
Affiliates and their respective Representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or
members of their respective staffs, on the other hand, concerning this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.
Section 7.2 Public Announcements. Each Purchaser and Seller shall consult with each other party before
issuing any press release, making any other public statement, or scheduling any press conference or
conference call with investors or analysts, with respect to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby and, except as may be required by
53
Applicable Law or any listing agreement with or rule of any national securities exchange or association, shall not issue any such press release,
make any such other public statement, or schedule any such press conference or conference call
before such consultation.
Section 7.3 Accounts Receivable (a) . From and after the Closing, each Purchaser shall remit (a)
to Seller all accounts receivable attributable to it under the terms of this Agreement and other
related items that are included in the Excluded Assets that such Purchaser receives and (b) to the
other Purchaser all accounts receivable attributable or arising out of such Purchasers respective
Transferred Assets. From and after the Closing, if Seller or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive
payments in respect of accounts receivable attributable to or arising out of the Sale Business or
the Transferred Assets with respect to the period after the Closing, then Seller shall promptly
forward such payment to the applicable Purchaser.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8.1 Indemnification by Seller.
(a) Subject to the limitations set forth in this ARTICLE VIII, Seller shall indemnify,
hold harmless and reimburse each of the Purchasers, Purchasers Affiliates and their respective
directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, partners, agents, attorneys,
representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the Indemnified Parties) for all
losses, liabilities, claims, obligations, deficiencies, demands, judgments, damages (including
incidental and consequential damages), interest, fines, penalties, claims, suits, actions, causes
of action, assessments, awards, costs and expenses (including costs of investigation and defense
and reasonable attorneys and other professionals fees), or any diminution in value, whether or
not involving a third party claim (collectively, Damages), based upon, attributable to,
arising out of or resulting from:
(i) the failure of any of the representations or warranties made by Seller in this
Agreement or in any Seller Document to be true and correct in all respects at and as of the
date hereof;
(ii) the breach of any covenant or other agreement on the part of Seller under this
Agreement or in any Seller Document;
(iii) any Excluded Asset or any Excluded Liability;
(iv) (A) any employment-related liability (statutory or otherwise) with respect to
employment or termination of employment of any Business Employee on or prior to the Closing
Date (including liability for severance benefits related to termination by Seller) or (B)
any liability relating to, arising under or in
54
connection with any U.S. Employee Benefit Plan of Seller or its Affiliates, including any liability under COBRA, whether arising prior
to, on or after the Closing Date; and
(v) any Third Party Claim (as defined below) arising out of or resulting from clauses
(i) through (iv) above.
Section 8.2 Procedure for Third Party Claims.
(a) A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a Third Party Claim may be
asserted by notice to Seller; provided, however, that (except as set forth in
Section 8.3 below) failure to so notify the Seller shall not preclude the Indemnified Party
from any indemnification which it may claim in accordance with this Article VIII.
(b) In the event that any Proceedings shall be instituted or that any claim or demand, other
than a claim, demand or Proceeding in respect of tax matters, which shall be governed by
Section 8.2(c), shall be asserted by any third party in respect of which indemnification
may be sought under Section 8.1(a) hereof (regardless of the limitations set forth in
Section 8.3) (Third Party Claim), the Indemnified Party shall promptly cause
written notice of the assertion of any Third Party Claim of which it has Knowledge which is covered
by this indemnity to be forwarded to the Seller. The failure of the Indemnified Party to give
reasonably prompt notice of any Third Party Claim shall not release, waive or otherwise affect the
Sellers obligations with respect thereto except to the extent that Seller can demonstrate actual
loss and prejudice as a result of such failure. Subject to the provisions of this Section
8.2, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to be represented by counsel of its choice and
to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Third Party Claim which relates to
any Damages indemnified against by Seller hereunder. If the Indemnified Party elects to defend
against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Third Party Claim which relates to any
Damages indemnified against by Seller hereunder, it shall within five (5) days of the Indemnified
Partys written notice of the assertion of such Third Party Claim (or sooner, if the nature of the
Third Party Claim so requires) notify Seller of its intent to do so. In the event that Seller has
not explicitly consented to any settlement of a Third Party Claim (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), any such settlement of a Third Party Claim by the Indemnified
Party shall not be determinative of the existence of or amount of Damages relating to such claim.
If the Indemnified Party elects not to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any
Third Party Claim which relates to any Damages indemnified against by Seller hereunder, Seller may
defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Third Party Claim. If the
Indemnified Party defends any Third Party Claim, then Seller shall reimburse the Indemnified Party
for the expenses of defending such Third Party Claim upon submission of periodic bills. If Seller
shall assume the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may participate, at its
own expense, in the defense of such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that such
Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in any such defense with separate counsel at the
expense of Seller if (i) so requested by Seller to participate or (ii) in the reasonable opinion of
counsel to the Indemnified Party a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnified
Party and Seller that would make such separate representation advisable; and provided,
further, that Seller shall not be required to pay for more than one such counsel (plus any
appropriate local counsel) for all indemnified parties in connection with any Third Party
55
Claim. Each party hereto agrees to provide reasonable access to each other party to such documents
and information as may reasonably by requested in connection with the defense, negotiation or
settlement of any such Third Party Claim. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.2 to
the contrary, neither the Indemnified Party nor Seller shall, without the written consent of the
other party, settle or compromise any Third Party Claim or permit a default or consent to entry of
any judgment unless the claimant (or claimants) provide to such other party an unqualified release
from all liability in respect of the Third Party Claim.
(c) With respect to any Taxes for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section
8.1(a)(iii), the Seller shall, at its option, have full and exclusive authority to defend,
adjust, compromise or settle any Third Party Claim in respect of such Taxes, including audits and
other tax-related disputes, with any such compromise or settlement subject to the written approval
of the Indemnified Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
(d) With respect to any Third Party Claim subject to indemnification under this ARTICLE
VIII, the parties shall cooperate in such a manner as to preserve in full (to the extent
practicable) the confidentiality of all confidential information and the attorney-client and
work-product privileges. In connection therewith, each party agrees that: (i) it will use
reasonable efforts, in respect of any Third Party Claim in which it has assumed or has participated
in the defense, to avoid production of confidential information of the other party (consistent with
Applicable Law and rules of procedure), and (ii) all communications between any parties hereto and
counsel responsible for or participating in the defense of any Third Party Claim will, to the
extent possible, be made so as to preserve an applicable attorney-client or work-product privilege.
Section 8.3 Claims Period; Limitation on Indemnification.
(a) Survival. The representations and warranties of the Seller contained in this
Agreement, any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or any Seller Document shall survive the
Closing through and including the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided,
however, that the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 3.2
(Corporate Authorization) and Section 3.19(b) and (c) (Assets Other than Real Property
Interests; Sufficiency) shall survive the Closing indefinitely (in each case, the Survival
Period) ; provided, further, that the representations and warranties of Seller
set forth in Section 3.12 (Taxes) shall survive ninety (90) days following the applicable
statute of limitations; provided, further, that any obligations under Section
8.1(a) shall not terminate with respect to any Damages as to which the Indemnified Party shall
have given notice to Seller in accordance with Section 8.2 before the termination of the
applicable Survival Period.
(b) Cap. Except with respect to fraud, intentional misrepresentation, and the
representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 3.2 (Corporate Authorization)
and Sections 3.19(b) and (c) (Assets Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency),
Sellers aggregate indemnification obligations pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(i), and to the
extent it relates to Section 8.1(a)(i), Section 8.1(a)(v), shall not exceed the
Escrow Amount.
(c) Tipping Basket. Seller shall not have any liability under Section
8.1(a)(i) and, to the extent it relates to Sections 8.1(a)(i), Section
8.1(a)(v) hereof, unless the
56
aggregate amount of Damages incurred by the Indemnified Parties and indemnifiable thereunder
based upon, attributable to or resulting from the failure of any of the representations or
warranties to be true and correct exceeds $310,000 (the Indemnification Basket) and, in
such event, Seller shall be required to pay the entire amount of all such Damages; provided
that the Indemnification Basket limitation shall not apply to Damages related to fraud, intentional
misrepresentation, and the failure to be true and correct of the representations and warranties set
forth in Section 3.2 (Corporate Authorization) and Sections 3.19(b) and (c) (Assets
Other than Real Property Interests; Sufficiency).
(d) No Implied Waiver. The right to indemnification or any other remedy based on
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Seller in this Agreement or any Seller
Document shall not be affected by any investigation conducted by any Purchaser at any time, or any
knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) by Purchaser at any time, whether before or after
the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or
inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement. The
waiver by a Purchaser of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty of
Seller, or on the performance of or compliance with such covenant or agreements of Seller, will not
affect such Purchasers right to indemnification or any other remedy based on such representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements.
Section 8.4 Additional Limitations on Indemnification. The parties hereto agree that with respect to
each indemnification obligation in this Agreement, all Damages shall be net of (a) any insurance
proceeds (minus the premium costs of such insurance) which have been recovered by the Indemnified
Party in connection with the facts giving rise to the right of indemnification under this Agreement
and (b) any Tax benefit arising from such Damages actually received in the year of such Damages by
the Indemnified Party minus all costs and expenses associated with obtaining such Tax benefit. The
parties hereto agree that Seller shall have no indemnification obligation for any Damages to any
Indemnified Party to the extent they are duplicative of Damages to any other Indemnified Party that
is an Affiliate of such Indemnified Party or that they have already recovered under another
provision of this Agreement.
Section 8.5 Exceptions to Exclusive Remedy. The parties hereto agree that nothing in this Agreement
shall limit or impair the obligations of any party hereto under Applicable Law for Damages arising
out of fraud, intentional misrepresentation by such party, violations of Section 5.1 and
any Excluded Asset or any Excluded Liability.
Section 8.6 Duty to Mitigate Damages. The parties hereto agree that nothing in this Agreement shall
limit or impair the obligations (if any) of any party hereto under Applicable Law or equitable
principles to mitigate the Damages otherwise subject to indemnification under this Agreement.
Section 8.7 Tax Effect of Indemnification Payments. All indemnity payments made by Seller to the
Indemnified Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for all Tax purposes as adjustments
to the Total Consideration.
57
Section 8.8 Exclusive Remedy. Subject to Section 8.5, the right to obtain indemnification
pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII shall be the Indemnified Parties sole and exclusive remedy
against Seller for any breach by Seller of the terms of this Agreement, or any other claim or cause
of action against any Seller, whether in contract, tort, under statute or otherwise arising out of
or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.1 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in
writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given,
if to Purchaser 1, to:
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
120 San Gabriel Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
Attention: Mark Casper
Facsimile No.: (408) 331-1473
with a copy to:
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attention: Craig W. Adas
Facsimile No.: (650) 802-3100
if to Purchaser 2 or Purchaser 2 Parent, to:
Universal Electronics Inc.
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, CA 90630
Attention: Richard Firehammer, Jr.
Facsimile No.: (440) 708-0721
with a copy to:
Jones Day
555 S. Flower Street
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention: Chelsea A. Grayson
Facsimile No.: (213) 243-2539
if to Seller, to:
58
ZiLOG, Inc.
6800 Santa Teresa Blvd.
San Jose, CA 95119
Attention: Darin Billerbeck
Facsimile No.: (408) 513-1583
with a copy to:
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
525 University Avenue, Suite 1100
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Attention: Thomas Ivey
Facsimile No.: (650) 470-4570
or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by
notice to each other party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be
deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a
Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall
be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.
Section 9.2 Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but
only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each
party to this Agreement or, in the case of a waiver, by each party against whom the waiver is to be
effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder
shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The
rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies
provided by Applicable Law.
Section 9.3 Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in
connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.
Section 9.4 Disclosure Schedule References. The parties hereto agree that any reference in a
particular Section of the Seller Disclosure Schedule shall only be deemed to be an exception to
(or, as applicable, a disclosure for purposes of) (i) the representations and warranties (or
covenants, as applicable) of Seller that are contained in the corresponding Section of this
Agreement and (ii) any other representations and warranties (or covenants, as applicable) of Seller
that are contained in this Agreement, but only if the relevance of that reference as an exception
to (or a disclosure for purposes of) such representations and warranties (or covenants, as
applicable) are reasonably apparent on its face.
Section 9.5 Purchaser Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, Purchaser 1 shall not be liable to Seller for the acts of, obligations of or breach of
any provision of this Agreement by Purchaser 2 and vice a versa. Notwithstanding
59
any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Purchaser 2 Parent shall be liable to Seller
for the acts of, obligations of or breach of any provision of this Agreement by Purchaser 2.
Section 9.6 Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment.
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. No provision of this Agreement is
intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder upon any
Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
(b) No party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under
this Agreement without the consent of each other party hereto, except that any Purchaser may
transfer or assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or from time to time
in part, to one or more of its Affiliates at any time; provided that such transfer
or assignment shall not relieve such Purchaser of any of its obligations hereunder.
Section 9.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State.
Section 9.8 Jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any Proceeding seeking to enforce any
provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in any federal court located in the State of
Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the
exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any
such Proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that
it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Proceeding in any such court or
that any such Proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Process in any such Proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or
without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that
service of process on such party as provided in Section 9.1 shall be deemed effective
service of process on such party.
Section 9.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 9.10 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts,
each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto
were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall
have received a counterpart hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto. Until and unless
each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by each other party hereto, this Agreement
shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue
of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).
60
Section 9.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Seller Documents and the Purchasers
Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter
of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written,
between the parties with respect to their subject matter.
Section 9.12 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by
a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or
unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so
long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in
any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate
in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as
closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be
consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
Section 9.13 Specific Performance. Seller acknowledges and agrees that the breach of this Agreement
would cause irreparable damage to Purchasers and that such Purchaser will not have an adequate
remedy at law. Therefore, the obligations of Seller under this Agreement, including Sellers
obligation to sell the Transferred Assets to the applicable Purchaser, shall be enforceable by a
decree of specific performance issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate
injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. Such remedies shall,
however, be cumulative and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies which any
party may have under this Agreement or otherwise.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
61
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
UEI Electronics Private Limited
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
UEI Cayman Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Universal Electronics Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ZiLOG, Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ZiLOG India Electronics Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT]
Exhibit A Escrow Agreement
Exhibit B Purchaser 1 License Agreement
Exhibit C Purchaser 2 License Agreement
Exhibit D Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit E Mutual Release
Exhibit F Key Employee Offer Letters
Exhibit G Skadden Opinion
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
Universal Electronics Inc.
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
One For All Argentina S.R.L (organized under the laws of Argentina)
One For All France S.A.S. (organized under the laws of France)
One For All GmbH (organized under the laws of Germany)
One For All Iberia S.L. (organized under the laws of Spain)
One For All UK, Ltd. (organized under the laws of the United Kingdom)
UEI Cayman Inc. (organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands)
UEI Electronics Private Limited (organized under the laws of India)
UEI Hong Kong Private Limited (organized under the laws of Hong Kong)
UE Singapore Pte. Ltd. (organized under the laws of Republic of Singapore)
Universal Electronics BV (organized under the laws of the Netherlands)
Universal Electronics Italia S.R.L. (organized under the laws of Italy)
Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH (organized under the laws of Germany)
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have
issued our reports dated March 3, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements,
schedules and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Universal
Electronics Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. We hereby consent to the
incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Universal Electronics
Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 33-66426, effective July 23, 1993, File No. 333-09021, effective August
14, 1996; File No. 333-23985, effective March 26, 1997; File No. 333-91101, effective November 17,
1999; File No. 333-95715, January 31, 2000; File No. 333-47378, effective October 5, 2000; File No.
333-103038, effective February 7, 2003, File No. 333-117782, effective July 30, 2004), and File No.
333-149926, effective March 27, 2008).
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 3, 2009
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
I, Paul D. Arling, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Universal Electronics Inc.; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: March 13, 2009
|
|
|
/s/ Paul D. Arling |
|
|
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
I, Bryan M. Hackworth, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Universal Electronics Inc.; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: March 13, 2009
|
|
|
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial
officer and principal accounting officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
Section 1350 Certifications
Paul D. Arling, as Chief Executive Officer of Universal Electronics Inc. (the Company),
certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) |
|
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
|
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
/s/ Paul D. Arling |
|
|
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
March 13, 2009 |
|
|
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
Section 1350 Certifications
Bryan M. Hackworth, as Chief Financial Officer of Universal Electronics Inc. (the Company),
certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) |
|
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
|
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer |
|
|
and principal accounting officer) |
|
|
March 13, 2009 |
|
|